Artistic 2.0 and GPLv2 and GPLv2+ and LGPLv2+ and LPPL-1.3a and LPPL-1.3c and MIT and Public Domain and UCD and Utopia
ASL 2.0 and LGPL-2.1-only and Zlib and OFL-1.1 and Public Domain and LGPL-2.0-only and GPLv2+ and MPL-1.1 and Libpng and LGPL-3.0-only and BSL-1.0 and GPLv2 and GPLv3 and CPL-1.0 and IJG and MIT and LPPL-1.3c and ICU and psutils
(LPPL-1.3c AND GPL-3.0-or-later AND GPL-3.0-only)
(LPPL-1.3c AND Artistic-2.0 AND QPL-1.0)
(CC-BY-NC-3.0 AND CC-BY-NC-SA-4.0 AND LPPL-1.3c AND CC-BY-NC-SA-3.0 AND CC-BY-NC-4.0 AND CC-BY-NC-ND-4.0 AND CC-BY-NC-ND-3.0 AND CC-BY-ND-4.0 AND CC-BY-ND-3.0 AND CC0-1.0 AND CC-BY-4.0 AND CC-BY-SA-4.0 AND CC-BY-3.0 AND CC-BY-SA-3.0)
(LPPL-1.3c AND BSD-3-Clause AND GPL-2.0-or-later)
This package helps in creating exercises and the corresponding solutions. It is the official successor of the exsheets package and fixes/improves various long-standing issues.
acquired package info from repodata DB: repodata/f1f85c23079e7764ad00378a9fc5d660b89a03657290e75426caf7be5b7da462-primary.sqlite.bz2
The package can float text around figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page; it improves upon floatfig, and allows tables/figures to be set left/right or alternating on even/odd pages.
Print tables and generate control files to adjust kernings
This class makes it easy to generate tables that show many different kerning pairs of an arbitrary font, usable by LaTeX. It shows the kerning values that are used in the font by default. In addition, this class enables the user to alter the kernings and to observe the results. Kerning pairs can be defined for groups of similar glyphs at the same time. An mtx file is generated automatically. The mtx file may then be loaded by fontinst to introduce the user-made kernings into the virtual font for later use in LaTeX.
A very large collection of add-on packages for LaTeX.
"Controls in Contents" for the cyber package
This package is used in concert with the cyber package to make documents with annotations of compliance with cybersecurity requirements. "cic" stands for "Controls in Contents", and when you include this package, some notations of compliance are added to section names as seen in the table of contents of the final document. It also makes your document more brittle in unexpected ways: for example, when you use cybercic in the same document as hyperref, you cannot use any formatting in your section titles. So don't use cybercic unless you need to.
Spreadsheet features for LaTeX tabular environments
The package allows the user to construct tables in a manner similar to a spreadsheet. The cells of a table have row and column indices and these can be used in formulas to generate values in other cells.
The package enables the user to keep track of different versions of a LaTeX document. The command \version prints the version and build numbers; each time you compile your document, the build number is increased by one. By placing \version in the header or footer, each page can be marked with the unique build number describing the progress of your document.
The package supports use, in LaTeX, of the MetaFont emulation of the Sueterlin handwriting fonts The package is distributed as part of the fundus bundle..
Use Libertine or Biolinum Greek glyphs in mathematics
The package is for LaTeX users who wish to use the Libertine or Biolinum font for the Greek letters in math mode. It is not necessary to load the libertine package itself, but of course the Linux-Libertine/Biolinum fonts and LaTeX support files must have been installed.
Romanian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "romanian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The collection comprises: easybib, support for customising bibliographies; easybmat, support for composing block matrices; easyeqn, support for various aspects of equations; easymat, support for composing matrices; easytable, support for writing tables; easyvector, a C-like syntax for writing vectors.
Modifies the tabularx environment to combine the features of the tabularx package (auto-sized columns in a fixed width table) with those of the longtable package (multi-page tables).
The package provides environments footnoterange and footnoterange*. Multiple footnotes inside these environments are not referenced as (e.g.) "1 2 3 4" but as "1-4", i.e., the range (from first to last referred footnote at that place) is given. If hyperref package and use of its hyperfootnotes-option the references are hyperlinked. (References to footnotes in the footnoterange* environment are never hyperlinked.)
Displaying, hyperlinking, and indexing notions in a document
The package offers a systematic way to handle notions/concepts/terms throughout a document. It helps building an index. In combination with hyperref it makes it easy to have every reference of a concept linked to its introduction. It also offers simple notations.
Right to left presentation with beamer and babel
This package provides patches of some beamer templates and commands for presentation from right to left. It requires Babel with the LuaLaTeX engine.
The package can draw dotted arrows that are extendable, in the same was as \xrightarrow.
This package provides the beamer theme for LALIC (Laboratorio de Linguistica e Inteligencia Computacional of the Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil).
Internationalisation of LaTeX2e packages
This package (once part of the exsheets package), provides a framework for providing multilingual features to a LaTeX package. The package has its own basic dictionaries for English, French, German and Spanish; it aims to use translation material for English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Catalan, Turkish, Croatian, Hungarian, Danish and Portuguese from babel or polyglossia if either is in use in the document. (Additional languages from the multilingual packages may be possible: ask the author.)
This package allows the use of underscores and circumflexes to begin resp. end \textit{italic}, \textbf{bold} or \textsc{smallcaps} formatting as an alternative to the standard LaTeX \verb|\textit{\dots}|, \verb|\textbf{\dots}| and/or \verb|\textsc{\dots}|. The underscore and circumflex's meaning in mathmode remain the same.
draw rulers on the foreground or in the text
The fgruler is an abbreviation for the foreground ruler. This package draws a horizontal and a vertical ruler on the foreground of every (or a given) page at absolute position. In this way, you can check the page layout dimensions. Besides, you can draw various rulers in the text, too. The fgruler package requires the services of the following packages: kvoptions, etoolbox, xcolor, graphicx, eso-pic.
A front-end to fontspec, for selected fonts with math support
This package facilitates the use of fontspec for users who do not wish to bother with details, with a special focus on quality fonts supporting Mathematics.
Set parameters for other packages, conveniently
The package provides a small number of convenient macros that access features in other frequently-used packages, or provide interfaces to other useful facilities such as the pdfTeX \pdfelapsedtime primitive. Most of these macros use pgfkeys to provide a key-value syntax. The package also uses the package scrlfile from the Koma-Script bundle (for controlled loading of other files) and etoolbox. The package is bundled with sub- packages containing actual interfaces: by default, the package loads all available sub-packages, but techniques are provided for the user to select no more than the interfaces needed for a job.
This small package aims at making debugging (especially in an interactive way) easier, by providing \show variants suited to LaTeX2e commands (whether with optional arguments or robust) and environments. The variant commands also display the internal macros used by such commands, if any. The \showcs variant helps with macros with exotic names.
Tools for the documentation of LaTeX code
The package provides a collection of tools for use either in an "ordinary" LaTeX document, or within a .dtx file.
Bahasai language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "bahasai" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
LaTeX package for the English raised decimal point
This LaTeX package should be used by people who need the traditional English raised decimal point, instead of the American-style period.
LaTeX package providing a relaxed font encoding to make available to a font designer more slots for insertion of ligatures and accented characters.
Use bold small caps and typewriter fonts
Allows access to 'extra' bold fonts for Computer Modern OT1 encoding (the fonts are available in Metafont source). Since there is more than one bold tt-family font set, the version required is selected by a package option.
This package extends the \hhline command with a !{...} token, which allows to create lines with arbitrary LaTeX commands.
Insert large images that do not fit into a single page
Five different display modes are defined in order to place in a document large figures that do not fit into a single page. A single user macro is defined to handle all five display modes.
This unofficial package provides a class for creating documents for people working with Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd..
The package provides an environment bracketkey for use when producing lists of species.
The class extends the standard book class, in the areas of colour scheme management, document layout, headings and footers, front page layout, and other minor items.
Pages of a document processed with the booklet package will be reordered and scaled so that they can be printed as four pages per physical sheet of paper, two pages per side. The resulting sheets will, when folded in half, assemble into a booklet. Instructions on producing the manual itself as a booklet are included.
The bundle provides several packages for commonly-needed support for typesetting theorems. The packages should work with kernel theorems (theorems 'out of the box' with LaTeX), and the theorem and amsthm packages. Features of the bundle include: a key-value interface to \newtheorem; a \listoftheorems command; hyperref and autoref compatibility; a mechanism for restating entire theorems in a single macro call.
The package provides helpers for German language package documentation.
Use OCGs within a PDF document without JavaScript
The package extends the ocg package, which allows you to create OCGs (Optional Content Groups) in PDF documents. (The ocg package is distributed as part of Asymptote.) Every OCG includes TeX material into a layer of the PDF file. Each of these layers can be displayed or not. Links can enable or disable the display of OCGs. The ocgx package does not use Javascript embedded in the PDF document to enable (to show) or disable (to hide) OCGs.
This little package serves the purpose of providing a uniform method to use lowercased small capitals and spaced lowercased small capitals. It relies on the iftex, textcase, and microtype packages and comes with four new user macros: \textlcc, the main feature: lowercased small capitals; \spacedcaps, a prefix to small capitals text commands to slightly increase their spacing; \textslcc and \textssc, which are shortcuts for \spacedcaps\textlcc and \spacedcaps\textsc (accordingly).
Process trailing punctuation which may be redundant
The package provides commands that enable the user (or package writer) to insert punctuation after the macro. The method is similar to that of xspace, but goes further. The package provides the commands \xperiod, \xcomma and \xperiodcomma, which follow a similar procedure to that of \xspace, and insert punctuation if and only if it is necessary.
An Infrastructure for Semantic Preloading of LaTeX Documents
The sTeX package collection is a version of TeX/LaTeX that allows to markup TeX/LaTeX documents semantically without leaving the document format, essentially turning it into a document format for mathematical knowledge management (MKM).
The package redefines the commands \emph and \textit so that parentheses and square brackets are typeset in an upright font in their arguments. The package requires expl3 from the l3kernel bundle, and xparse and l3keys2e from the l3packages bundle.
Include a wide range of material in PDF tooltips
The package was inspired by the cooltooltips package. In contrast to cooltooltips, fancytooltips allows inclusion of tooltips which contain arbitrary TeX material or a series of TeX materials (animated graphics) from an external PDF file. To see the tooltips, you have to open the files in Adobe Reader. The links and JavaScripts are inserted using eforms package from the AcroTeX bundle.
Using the \AtBeginPage hook, you can add material in the background of a page. \PageLayout can be used to give page makeup commands to be executed on every page (e.g., depending on the page style).
The package makes the 216 "web-safe colours" available to the standard color package.
The package provides macros and environments that relieve the programmer of some of the difficulties of using \parshape in LaTeX macros. It does not actually calculate shapes in the way that the shapepar package does.
Extend longtable with cells that merge hierarchically
This LaTeX package extends longtable implementing cells that: merge with the one above if it has the same content, do not merge with the one above unless the ones on the left are merged, are well behaved with respect to longtable chunking on page breaks, and automatically draw the correct separation lines. The typical use case is a table spanning multiple pages that contains a list of hierarchically organized topics (hence the package name). The package depends on array, expl3, longtable, multirow, xparse, and zref-abspage.
This package fixes various bugs with the margin paragraph implementation of LaTeX. Those bugs include margin notes that are attached to the wrong side as well as those that stick out of the bottom of the page. This package provides a drop-in replacement solution.
The package provides two commands for placing an arc over (\overarc) or under (\underarc) a piece of text. (The text may be up to three letters long.) The commands generate an \hbox, and may be used both in text and in maths formulae.
Typeset newsletters to resemble newspapers
The newspaper package redefines the page style and \maketitle command to produce a typeset page similar to that of a newspaper. It also provides several commands that (when used with other packages) simplify the writing of articles in a newspaper-style column format.
Automatically format weekly schedules using LaTeX's picture environment. It requires the packages calc and color. Its main feature is the accuracy with which appointments are represented: boxes drawn to represent a particular appointment are accurate to the minute -- i.e., a 31-minute appointment will have a box 1/30th longer than a 30-minute appointment. A number of features are included to allow the user to customize the output.
Write your articles or books in a colorful way
This package offers you a LaTeX style file and two classes to typeset articles or books in a colorful way. These classes currently have native support for English, French, and German typesetting. They compile with any major TeX engine. You may also wish to consider the packages lebhart and beaulivre, which are enhanced versions of the classes provided here. They have unicode support, thus can only be used with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. Currently they have native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese, and Russian typesetting, and also use more beautiful fonts.
Upper Sorbian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "usorbian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package solves two problems: floats in a twocolumn document come out in the right order and allowed float positions are now [tbp]. The package actually merges facilities from fixltx2e and stfloats.
A package to help change page layout parameters in LaTeX
The package lets you change page layout parameters in small steps over a range of values using options. It can set \textwidth appropriately for the main fount, and ensure that the text fits inside the printable area of a printer. An rmpage- formatted document can be typeset identically without rmpage after a single cut and paste operation. Local configuration can set defaults: for all documents; and by class, by printer, and by paper size. The geometry package is better if you want to set page layout parameters to particular measurements.
Use folio numbers to replace page numbers
This package adds functionality to create several styles of folio numbers. Folio numbering preceded the modern page numbering convention and was in common use until the 18th century. In folio numbering the numbers are placed only on odd (right-side) pages and the numbers typically comprise of two parts: quire and folio numbers. The intended use for this package is to help creating old-style books.
The class is intended for simple documents (e.g., reports handed in as coursework and the like). The class is small and straightforward; its design was inspired by that of the PracTeX journal style.
This package typesets a LaTeX counter such as page in an arbitrary base (default 16). It does not change font or typeface. The package extends the functionality of the existing hex LaTeX 2.09 package and provides documentation. However, the author is not a mathematician, and suggestions for rewriting the code are welcomed. Warning: this is alpha software and may contain bugs. Please report problems to the author.
Environments for hanging paragraphs and list items
This package provides environments for hanging paragraphs and list items. In addition, it defines environments for labeled paragraphs and list items.
Saveboxes for repeating content without code replication, based on PDF Form XObjects
The package defines commands for saving content that can be repeatedly placed into the document without replicating DVI/PDF code in the output file, allowing for smaller file size of the final PDF and improved content caching for faster display in certain PDF viewers. The method makes use of `Form XObjects' defined in the PDF specification. The user commands are modelled after the standard LaTeX commands \savebox, \sbox, \usebox and the lrbox environment. All common TeX engines and back-ends are supported: pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX LaTeX --> dvips --> ps2pdf/Distiller (Xe)LaTeX --> (x)dvipdfmx
Guit provides some commands useful to correctly write the logo of GUIT -- "Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani di TeX" (Italian TeX User Group), using the default document color or any other color the user may ever choose, in conformity with logo's scheme as seen on the Group web site (http://www.guit.sssup.it). Likewise, commands are provided that simplify the writing of GuIT acronym's complete expansion, of the addresses of Group's internet site and public forum and 'GuITmeeting' logo. Optionally, using hyperref, the outputs of the above cited commands can become hyperlinks to Group's site. Documentation is available in Italian, only.
Control pagestyle of pages left blank by \cleardoublepage
This tiny package allows easy manipulation of the headers and footers on pages left blank by \cleardoublepage. By default, LaTeX has no easy facilities for this. This package uses more or less the algorithm listed in the fancyhdr package documentation, with some better indentation and added flexibility.
This class is designed to typeset laboratory journals that contain chronologically ordered records about experiments. From the sectioning commands, an experiment index is generated. The class is based on the KOMA-Script class scrbook.cls. There can be several index entries for one experiment.
Estonian language module for glossaries package
This package provides the Estonian language module for the glossaries package.
The spacingtricks package provides macros for dealing with some spacing issues e.g. centering a single line, making a variable strut, indenting a block, typesetting a compact list, placing two boxes side by side with vertical adjustment.
Places the word DRAFT (or other words) in light grey diagonally across the background (or at the bottom) of each (or selected) pages of the document. The package uses PostScript \special commands, and may not therefore be used with PDFLaTeX. For that usage, consider the wallpaper or draftwatermark packages.
Add bibliography/index/contents to Table of Contents
Automatically adds the bibliography and/or the index and/or the contents, etc., to the Table of Contents listing.
Provides macros to typeset bra-ket notation, as well as set specifiers, with a single ("|") or a double ("||" or ("\|") vertical bar specifier in between two bracketed parts. Each macro comes in a fixed-size version and an expanding version. If the package finds itself operating under e-tex, it uses the extended primitive \middle for more reliable results
Flexible letter typesetting with flexible page headings
The package permits the user to specify easily, with the aid of self defined key-words, letters (with a logo and private) and headings. The heading may include a footer and the letter provides commands to include a scanned signature and two signees. The package works with the merge package.
Name authority mechanism for consistency in body text and index
Publications, that reference many names, require editors and proofreaders to track those names in the text and index. The package offers name authority macros that allow authors and compilers to normalize occurrences of names, variant name forms, and pen names in the text and index. This may help minimize writing and production time and cost.
Combine LaTeX commands over included graphics
The overpic environment is a cross between the LaTeX picture environment and the \includegraphics command of graphicx. The resulting picture environment has the same dimensions as the included graphic. LaTeX commands can be placed on the graphic at defined positions; a grid for orientation is available.
This package provides extensive colored syntax highlighting for LaTeX. For this purpose it builds on the generic listings package.
BibTeX styles to implement an address database
The bundle provides a collection of BibTeX style files to turn an address database stored in the .bib format into files suitable for printing as address books or included into letter classes like akletter or scrletter2. The data may be sorted either by name or birthday and output provides files in various formats for address books or time planners.
Macros for typesetting Quantum Information Theory
This package provides macros to typeset some general mathematical operators (identity operator, trace, diagonal, rank, ...), a powerful implementation of the bra-ket notation (kets, bras, brakets, matrix elements etc. which can be sized as required), delimited expressions such as averages and norms, and some basic Lie algebra/group names. Macros for entropy measures for quantum information theory (smooth min- and max-entropy, smooth relative entropies, etc.) are also provided.
Templates for the Beijing Institute of Technology
This package establishes a simple and easy-to-use LaTeX template for Beijing Institute of Technology dissertations, including general undergraduate research papers and master's theses.
This package was developed as a typographers' toolbox offering important basic features for everyday work. It allows setting the paper size and the page layout; it can print crop marks; and it can reflect pages both horizontally and vertically. The package facilities work with TeX (output via dvips or (x)dvipdfm(x)), and with pdfTeX.
Estonian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "estonian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Several electrical symbols like resistor, capacitor, transistors etc., are defined. The symbols can be connected with wires. The package also contains an American resistor symbol for those of us on that side of the Atlantic. The package also has simple facilities for producing optics diagrams; however, no-one would deny that the PSTricks pst- optic package, or the MetaPost makecirc package does the job better.
This is a LaTeX package for preparing multiple choice, true/false, and short answer questions. Its main purpose is to offer a tool to easily insert rather complicated mathematical material in socrative quizzes (see https://socrative.com). The package requires the following other LaTeX packages: calc, etoolbox, graphicx, ifthen, listofitems, moresize, TikZ, pgfmath, xcolor, and xparse.
Keeping track of formal 'concepts' for a particular field
The package helps to keep track of formal 'concepts' for a specific field or document. This is particularly useful for scientific papers (for example, in physics, mathematics or computer science), which may introduce several concepts (with their own symbols). The package's commands allow the user to define a concept (typically, near its first use), and will ensure consistent use throughout the document. The package depends on several other packages; while these are fairly common packages, the user should check the package's README file for the complete list.
The package emulates large parts of TeX's behaviour when it chews on tokens, expanding and performing typesetting commands. Using unravel will let you go one step at a time through some complicated LaTeX code that you are trying to debug. It understands a whole breadth of TeX's features, from deeply nested expansion to box assignments, to characters, and the proper insertion of \everypar. The unravel package requires up- to-date l3kernel and l3experimental bundles, as well as the new package gtl.
Setting questions (or exercises) and answers
The package allows a lot of flexibility in constructing question and answer sheets.
It is well known that high or deep cells tend to touch the \hlines of a tabular. This package provides a modifier S acting on usual column types so that to ensure a minimal distance that can be controlled through two parameters \cellspacetoplimit and \cellspacebottomlimit. The approach employed by this package is noticeably simpler than that of tabls, which considers the dimensions of each entire row; whereas you can ask the cellspace only to look at the cells of potentially difficult columns.
Flexible and configurable page range typesetting
The package defines a command \pagerange that typesets ranges of page numbers, expanding them (e.g., adding first or last page numbers) and standardising them.
Addresses on envelopes or mailing labels
A LaTeX package for producing mailing envelopes and labels, including barcodes and address formatting according to the US Postal Service rules. Redefines the standard \makelabels command of the LaTeX letter documentclass.
Construct tables of signs and variations
The package uses PStricks; the user may define the width of the table, the number of lines and the height of each line. Placement of labels within the boxes may be absolute, or as a percentage of the width; various other controls are available.
An exam class designed for Mathematics Teachers in China
The class based on the exam class, and is specially designed for High School Mathematics Teachers in China.
The package asks the user which files to put in a \includeonly command. There is provision for answering "same as last time" or "all files".
This package provides a macro \centeredline{...} which allows to conveniently center a line inside a paragraph while allowing usage therein of \verb or other macros changing catcodes. It works nicely in list environments, and material whose natural width exceeds the current linewidth will get properly centered too.
This package allows git change log history to be incorporated into LaTeX documents; the log data is obtained from the git distributed version control system. The current release (0.0.beta) is a proof-of-concept release to allow users an early evaluation and to attract ideas and support. Requests and suggestions, as well as code contributions are welcome.
Managing the options and loading order of other packages
The package seeks to address the frustration caused by package conflicts. It is in an early stage of its development, and should probably not be used as a matter of course; however the author welcomes feedback via the home page link given in this catalogue entry. Nevertheless, the author urges users to try the package and to report issues (or whatever) via the package's repository.
Provides properties of chemical elements
The package provides means for retrieving properties of chemical elements like atomic number, element symbol, element name, electron distribution or isotope number. Properties are defined for the elements up to the atomic number 112. This package is a spin-off of the package bohr by the same author.
Subversion keywords in multi-file LaTeX documents
This package lets you typeset keywords of the version control system Subversion inside your LaTeX files anywhere you like. Unlike the otherwise similar package svn the use of multiple files for one LaTeX document is well supported. The package uses the author's filehook and currfile packages. The package interacts with an external Perl script, to retrieve information necessary for the required output.
Frankenstein is a bundle of LaTeX packages serving various purposes and a BibTeX bibliography style. Descriptions are given under the individual packages: abbrevs, achicago package, achicago bibstyle, attrib, blkcntrl, compsci, dialogue, lips, moredefs, newclude, slemph, titles.
The package provides tools to highlight FIXME and TODO annotations. The command \listofnotes prints a list of outstanding notes, with links to the pages on which they appear.
Write numbers in lower case roman numerals
This package provides only two macros viz. \modromannumeral which writes the number given as argument in lower case roman numeral with a 'j' instead of a 'i' as the final letter of numbers greater than 1 and \modroman{MyCounter} which writes the value of a counter in the same way. You use the first in the same way as the TeX primitive \romannumeral and the second as LaTeX command \roman. The default option is 'vpourv' with which 5 is 'translated' as 'v' and option 'upourv' whith which the same 5 is given as 'u'.
Shape selection for PX fonts Greek letters
The package allows LaTeX maths users of the PX fonts to select the shapes (italic or upright) for the Greek lowercase and uppercase letters. Once the shapes for lowercase and uppercase have been selected via a package option, the \other prefix (e.g., \otheralpha) allows using the alternate glyph (as in the fourier package). The pxgreeks package does not constrain the text font that may be used in the document.
This is a LaTeX package for typesetting dichotomous identification key in indented style. It can be considered as an extended version of package dichokey, as edichokey is more capable of dealing with complex keys.
English language module for glossaries package
English language module for glossariesr package.
The package provides commands to draw spectral sequence diagrams, providing facilities for clipping and arranging multiple symbols so that they do not overlap. The package is built using pgf, and shares that systems large demands for TeX system memory. Its geometric commands are based on a turtle graphics model, and control structures such as loops and conditionals are available.
Northern Sami language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "samin" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Display the allocation status of the TeX registers
Adds a macro \rgcounts which displays the allocation status of the TeX registers. The display is written into the .log file as it is a bit verbose. An automatic call to \rgcounts is done at \begin{document} and \end{document}.
English language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the following styles that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. The region not only determines the date/time format but also the time zone abbreviations if the zone mapping setting is on. english (English - no region) en-GB (English - United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland) en-US (English - United States of America) en-CA (English - Canada) en-AU (English - Commonwealth of Australia) en-NZ (English - New Zealand) en-GG (English - Bailiwick of Guernsey) en-JE (English - Bailiwick of Jersey) en- IM (English - Isle of Man) en-MT (English - Republic of Malta) en-IE (English - Republic of Ireland)
An Elegant LaTeX Template for Working Papers
ElegantPaper is designed for writing working papers, especially for economics students. This template is based on the standard LaTeX article class. The goal of this template is to make the writing process easier and more comfortable.
Support footnotes and endnotes from separate files
The package supports footnotes and endnotes from separate files. This is achieved with commands \sepfootnotecontent and \sepfootnote; the former defines the content of a note, while the latter typesets that note.
The rtkinenc package is functionally similar to the standard LaTeX package inputenc: both set up active characters so that an input character outside the range of 7-bit visible ASCII is coverted into one or more corresponding LaTeX commands. The main difference lies in that rtkinenc allows the user to specify a fallback procedure to use when the text command corresponding to some input character isn't available. Names of commands in rtkinenc have been selected so that it can read inputenc encoding definition files, and the aim is that rtkinenc should be backwards compatible with inputenc. rtkinenc is not a new version of inputenc though, nor is it part of standard LaTeX. For an example of how rtkinenc is used, the user may look at the tclldoc class.
This bundle contains LaTeX classes and packages to create machine readable questionnaires. Metadata is generated for the whole document and it is possible to process created forms fully automatically using the SDAPS main program. Features include: PDF Form generation Advanced array like layouting Can flow over multiple pages and repeats the header automatically Optional document wide alignment of array environments Has complex layout features like rotating the headers to safe space Ability to exchange rows and columns on the fly Different question types: Freeform text Single/multiple choice questions Range questions Layouting questions in rows or columns Possibility to pre-fill questionnaires from LaTeX Documentation can be found online at https://sdaps.org/class-doc.
Preserving and recalling standard catcodes
The package changes package loading internals so that all subsequently loaded packages can rely on normal/standard catcodes of all ASCII characters. The package defines canonical control sequences to represent all the visible ASCII characters. It also provides robust option parsing mechanisms (XDeclareOption, XExecuteOptions and XProcessOptions, which will be used by \documentclass if the package has already been loaded). The package also provides a range of other TeX programming tools.
Exercises and solutions from the same source, into a book
The packageThe exsol package provides macros to allow for embedding exercises and solutions in the LaTeX source of an instructional text (e.g., a book or a course text) while generating the following separate documents: your original text that only contains the exercises, and a solution book that contains only the solutions to the exercises (optionally, the exercises themselves are also copied to the solution book). The exercise data are generated when running LaTeX on your document; the first run also writes the solutions to a secondary file that may be included in a simple document harness, may be processed by LaTeX, to generate a nice solution book. The code of the package was derived (in large part) from fancyvrb.
Bottom placement option for double float in two column mode (nidan-kumi)
This package enables a bottom placement option for double floats in two column mode (nidan-kumi). It was originally part of the Japanese pLaTeX bundle and is now distributed as a separate package because it supports all LaTeX formats.
Tabular column heads and multilined cells
This package supports common layouts for tabular column heads in whole documents, based on one-column tabular environment. In addition, it can create multi-lined tabular cells. The Package also offers: a macro which changes the vertical space around all the cells in a tabular environment (similar to the function of the tabls package, but using the facilities of the array) macros for multirow cells, which use the facilities of the multirow package; macros to number rows in tables, or to skip cells; diagonally divided cells; horizontal lines in tabular environments with defined thickness.
Typesetting tasks, goals, milestones, artifacts, and more in LaTeX
The main goal of this package is to provide means for typesetting checklists in a way that stipulates users to explicitly distinguish checklists for goals, for tasks, for artifacts, and for milestones -- i.e., the type of checklist entries. The intention behind this is that a user of the package is coerced to think about what kind of entries he/she adds to the checklist. This shall yield a clearer result and, in the long run, help with training to distinguish entries of different types.
If-then-else command for processing potentially empty arguments
Standard pages with n lines of at most m characters each
For translations, proofreading, journal contributions etc. standard pages are used. Those standard pages consist of a fixed number of lines and characters per line. This package produces pages with n lines of at most m characters each. For instance the German "Normseite": 60 lines of 30 characters each.
Gathering items from a list-like environment
This package provides a \gatheritems command to parse a list of data separated by \item tokens. This makes it easier to define custom environments which structure their data in the same way that itemize or enumerate do.
A glossary package using BibTeX with \cite replaced by \gloss.
The class provides facilities for typesetting modern curriculums vitae, both in a classic and in a casual style. It is fairly customizable, allowing you to define your own style by changing the colours, the fonts, etc. A number of templates are provided in the distribution examples subdirectory.
Assembling beamer frames according to audience
The Beamer Audience package provides macros to easily assemble frames according to different audiences. It enables to pick up the frames for a specific audience while leaving their order according to a logical structure in the LaTeX source.
Set page orientation with dvips/Ghostscript (ps2pdf)
This package provides commands for manual (per-page and per-document) orientation of pages in a PDF created with dvips/Ghostscript (ps2pdf). For future versions it is planned to add support for other drivers, allowing for PDF orientation to be set in (x)dvipdfmx and pdfmode pdfTeX using the same commands from the user perspective.
The package aims to solve the error "No room for a new \write", which occurs when the user, or when the user's packages have 'allocated too many streams using \newwrite (TeX has a fixed maximum number - 16 - such streams built-in to its code). The package hooks into TeX primitive commands associated with writing to files; it should be loaded near the beginning of the sequence of loading packages for a document. The package uses the l3kernel bundle.
Print a block of code, with unique index number
The package has been created for the convenience of the report writer; it provides the means to number, and label, code-block snippets in your document. In this way, you can (unambiguously) refer to each snippet elsewhere in your document.
Define data for the pdfpc presentation viewer
This packages allows to define additional meta data within the PDF file which can be interpreted by the PDF presenter console (pdfpc) program. pdfpc depends on kvoptions, xstring, iftex, and hyperxmp.
This package enables sub-numbering of floats (figures and tables) similar to the subequations-environment of the amsmath package. The subfloat package is not to be confused with the subfig package which generates sub-figures within one normal figure, and manages their placement; subfloat only affects captions and numbering.
Accumulates notes (using the \endnote command, which can be used as a replacement for \footnote), and places them at the end of the section, chapter or document.
A class which provides the necessary macros to prepare a (classical) concert programme; a sample is provided.
The package uses a text font (usually the document's text font) for the letters of the Latin alphabet needed when typesetting mathematics. (Optionally, other characters in the font may also be used). This facility makes possible (for a document with simple mathematics) a far wider choice of text font, with little worry that no specially designed accompanying maths fonts are available. The package also offers a simple mechanism for using many different choices of (text hence, now, maths) font in the same document. Of course, using one font for two purposes helps produce smaller PDF files. The package, running under LuaTeX, requires the TeX live 2013 distribution (or later).
A LaTeX class for producing nice-looking handouts
This package breaks with some of LaTeX's principles and redefines basic LaTeX commands with the aim of producing well-designed and clearly structured handouts: A sans-serif font is used by default; sections are not numbered, but highlighted by underlining; head- and footline display document information; and in order to avoid too much whitespace around the text the margin sizes are adjusted to smaller values. All in all, fancyhandout provides a means of typesetting documents not exclusively consisting of running text in a beautiful way. fancyhandout depends on the following other LaTeX packages: csquotes, enumitem, etoolbox, fancyhdr, geometry, and xcolor.
Apply a macro to each line of an environment
The package defines an environment "parse lines" which processes each line of an environment with a macro. An example of shading the lines of an environment is given.
Use TrueType and OpenType fonts in math mode; compatible with XeTeX and LuaTeX
The mathfont package provides a flexible interface for changing the font of math mode characters. The package allows the user to specify a default unicode font for each of six basic classes of Latin and Greek characters, and it provides additional support for unicode alphanumeric symbols. Crucially, mathfont is compatible with both LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX, and it provides several font-loading commands that allow the user to change fonts locally or for individual symbols within math mode.
Expandable macros that take an optional argument
Commands that take an optional argument are not ordinarily expandable; this package allows such commands to be expandable provided that they have at least one mandatory argument.
Alter the position of affiliations in amsart
The package is to be used with the amsart documentclass. It lets you move the authors' affiliations either just below the authors' names on the front page or as footnotes on the first page. The email addresses are always listed as a footnote on the front page.
The package simulates typical word processor layout: narrow page margins, Times, Helvetica and Courier fonts, \LARGE or \Large headings, and \sloppy typesetting. The package aims at making life easier for users who are discontent with LaTeX's standard layout settings because they need a layout that resembles the usual "wordlike" output. The design of the package draws on several discussions in the de.comp.text.tex and comp.text.tex newsgroups that are referred to in the manual.
The package equips LaTeX's \listfiles command with an optional argument for the number of characters in the longest base filename. This way you get a neatly aligned file list even when it contains files whose base names have more than 8 characters. The package can be combined with the myfilist package as explained in the documentation.
A LaTeX package that will display text as on an (early) LCD display (the output is very visibly pixellated). Assumes 8-bit input in its internal verbatim-style environment.
Declare active character substitution, robustly
The package provides macros \DeclareRobustActChar and \ReDeclareRobActChar. One uses \DeclareRobustActChar in the same way one would use \DeclareRobustCommand; the macro \protects the active character when it appears in a moving argument. \ReDeclareRobActChar redefines an active character previously defined with \DeclareRobustActChar, in the same way that \renewcommand works for ordinary commands.
Typesetting bracketed dichotomous identification keys
The package is for typesetting bracketed dichotomous identification keys.
The mcite package allows the user to collapse multiple citations into one, as is customary in physics journals. The package requires a customised BibTeX style for its work; the documentation explains how to do that customisation.
Meaningful semantic markup in the spirit of the Text Encoding Initiative
The package provides simple commands to allow authors (especially scholars in the humanities) to write with a focus on content rather than presentation. The commands are inspired by the XML elements of the Text Encoding Initiative. Commands like \term and \foreign are aliases for \emph. \quoted and \soCalled are aliases for quoting commands. These commands could be easily redefined for different formats. The package also provides a footnote environment so that long footnotes can be more cleanly separated from the main text. Because the author is a music scholar, the package also includes some macros for musical symbols and other basic notations for musical analysis.
The package provides a very simple LaTeX document template, in the hope that this use of LaTeX will become attractive to typical word processor users. (Presentation is as if it were a class; users are expected to start from a template document.)
Reference last page for Page N of M type footers
Reference the number of pages in your LaTeX document through the introduction of a new label which can be referenced like \pageref{LastPage} to give a reference to the last page of a document. It is particularly useful in the page footer that says: Page N of M.
Environments AsciiList and AsciiDocList for prototyping nested lists in LaTeX.
The asciilist provides the environments AsciiList and AsciiDocList, which enable quickly typesetting nested lists in LaTeX without having to type individual item macros or opening/closing list environments. The package provides auxiliary functionality for loading such lists from files and provides macros for configuring the use of the list environments and the appearance of the typeset results.
Multiple series of endnotes for critical editions
Edmargin provides a very simple scheme for endnote sections for critical editions. Endnotes can either be marked in the text, or with marginal references to the page in the note sections where the note is to be found. Notes can be set in individual paragraphs, or in block paragraph mode (where there are many short notes). Note sections will have running headers of the form "Textual notes to pp. xx--yy". New note sections can be created on the fly. There are predefined endnote sections for textual notes, emendations, and explanatory notes.
Bulgarian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "bulgarian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
A LaTeX package for generating a completed standard form 298 (Rev. 8-98) as prescribed by ANSI Std. Z39.18 for report documentation as part of a document delivered, for instance, on a U.S. government contract.
The package supports use of both ocr-a and ocr-b fonts in LaTeX documents.
Mark hyphenations in a document, for checking
The package looks at all hyphenation breaks in the document, comparing them against a white-list prepared by the author. If a hyphenation break is found, for which there is no entry in the white-list, the package flags the line where the break starts. The author may then either add the hyphenation to the white-list, or adjust the document to avoid the break.
Ukrainian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "ukrainian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Convert a date into a number and vice versa
This package provides commands to convert a date into a number and vice versa. Additionally there are commands for incrementing and decrementing a date. Leap years and the Gregorian calendar reform are considered.
The package can typeset tabs on the side of a page. It requires TikZ from the pgf bundle.
A patch for LaTeX bugs tools/3180 and tools/3480. The patch applies to version 4.11 of longtable.
This package provides commands for typesetting left indices. Unlike other similar packages, leftindex also indents the left superscript, providing much better spacing in general.
Demonstrate LaTeX code with its resulting output
The package provides configurable tools to print out LaTeX code and the resulting output in the same document. It also supports printing the result inside a conditional sequence; thus one may suppress printing if the code would not compile.
The package typesets recipes according to the style used in a well-respected German cookery book.
English Full Text styles for the datetime2 package
English date and time styles that use words for the numbers and ordinals. This package provides the following date and time styles: "en-fulltext", "en-FullText", "en-FULLTEXT", and the additional time style "en-Fulltext". (The date equivalent can be obtained through commands like \Today.) Unlike the base styles provided by datetime2.sty, these styles aren't expandable styles. This means that you can't use the date or time in PDF bookmarks or in the argument of certain commands, such as \MakeUppercase, while these styles are in use.
Typeset "comma-below" letters, as in Romanian
The package defines a command \cb that positions a comma below a letter, as required (for example) in Romanian typesetting. The command is robust, but interferes with hyphenation.
A boolean expression evaluator and a switch command
The \boolexpr macro evaluates boolean expressions in a purely expandable way. \boolexpr{ A \OR B \AND C } expands to 0 if the logical expression is TRUE. A, B, C may be: numeric expressions such as: x=y, x<>y, x>y or x<y; - boolean switches: \iftrue 0\else 1\fi; - conditionals: \ifcsname whatsit\endcsname 0\else 1\fi; - another \boolexpr: \boolexpr{ D \OR E \AND F }: \boolexpr may be used with \ifcase: \ifcase\boolexpr{ A \OR B \AND C } What to do if true \else What to do if false \fi The \switch command (which is also expandable) has the form: \switch \case{<boolean expression>} ... \case{<boolean expression>} ... ... \otherwise ... \endswitch
A package for creating decorative chapter headings with quotations. Uses graphical and coloured output and by default needs the "Adobe standard font set" (as supported by psnfss).
Document classes (report- and article-style) for writing technical reference manuals. It offers a wide left margin for notes to the reader, like some of the manuals distributed by Adobe.
This package provides the environment fullminipage, which generates a minipage spanning a new, complete page with page style empty. The environment provides options to set margins around the minipage and configure the background.
This package defines the subeqnarray and subeqnarray* environments, which behave like the corresponding eqnarray and eqnarray* environments, except that the individual lines are numbered like 1a, 1b, 1c, etc. To refer to these numbers an extra label command \slabel is provided. Users are urged to consider the alignment capabilities of the amsmath bundle, which produce better results than eqnarray-related macros.
This bundle, consisting of a simple wrapper class and some packages, forms a small LaTeX/BibTeX documentation kit; the author uses it for some of his own packages. The package is not supported: users should not attempt its use unless they are capable of dealing with problems unaided. (The actual purpose of releasing the package is to make it possible for third parties to compile the documentation of other packages, should that be necessary.)
A macro to typeset paragraphs in specific shapes
\shapepar is a macro to typeset paragraphs in a specific shape. The size is adjusted automatically so that the entire shape is filled with text. There may not be displayed maths or '\vadjust' material (no \vspace) in the argument of \shapepar. The macros work for both LaTeX and plain TeX. For LaTeX, specify \usepackage{shapepar}; for Plain, \input shapepar.sty. \shapepar works in terms of user-defined shapes, though the package does provide some predefined shapes: so you can form any paragraph into the form of a heart by putting \heartpar{sometext...} inside your document. The tedium of creating these polygon definitions may be alleviated by using the shapepatch extension to transfig which will convert xfig output to \shapepar polygon form.
Coloured syntax highlights in documentation
The package is used in documentation files (that use the doc package); with it the code listings will highlight (for example) pairs of curly braces with matching colors. Other delimiters like \if ... \fi, are highlighted, as are the names of new commands. All this makes code a little more readable, and helps during process of writing. Three options are provided, including a non-color option designed for printing (which numbers delimiters and underlines new commands).
catalan language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "catalan" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Versions of article class, tuned for scholarly publications
A pair of classes derived from article, tuned for producing papers for journals. The classes introduce new layout options and font commands for sections/parts, and define a new keywords environment, subtitle and institution commands for the title section and new commands for revisions.
Trim spaces around an argument or within a macro
A very short package that allows you to expandably remove spaces around a token list (commands are provided to remove spaces before, spaces after, or both); or to remove surrounding spaces within a macro definition, or to define space-stripped macros.
Beamer document class for MedStar Health Research Institute
This is a beamer template for MedStar Health presentations. It includes sample presentations using both .tex files and .rnw files. The document class is obviously compatible with both. The advantage of the .rnw file is that it can be used with knitr such that you can weave your R code with your presentation.
Adjusts the figure and table environments to ensure that centered objects as one line captions are centered as well. Also the vertical spaces for table captions above the table are changed.
This package (ab)uses the inline enumeration capabilities of enumitem to add a "displayed" enumeration mode, triggered by adding 'gathered' to the key-value option list of the enumerate environment. The end result is similar to a regular enumerate environment wrapped in a multicols environment, with the following advantages: Gathered enumerate can pack items depending on their actual width rather than a fixed, constant number per line. Gathered enumeration fills items in a line-major order (instead of column-major order), which my students found less confusing. YMMV. The package depends on enumitem, expl3, and xparse,
The package provides means of randomising lists of tokens, or lists of chunks of tokens. Two mechanisms for defining chunks are provided: the macro \ranToks command accepts an argument containing tokens to be randomised; and the \bRTVToks/\eRTVToks commands delimit a collection of tokens for randomising; each group inside a rtVw constitutes one of these (typically larger) token sets.
Randomize mc choices using the exam class
This package is an extension to the exam document class. It provides the user with four new multiple choice typesetting environments which place their content in a random order. It can (only) be used in combination with the exam class. It can only randomize the placement of choices in multiple choice questions. The questions themselves cannot be randomized with this package. Furthermore, the package provides a simple answer key table typesetter and has a command for writing the answer keys to an external file.
This package generates a coloured contour around a given text in order to enable printing text over a background without the need of a coloured box around the text.
A collection of general packages for LaTeX
The NCCtools bundle contains many packages for general use under LaTeX; many are also used by NCC LaTeX. The bundle includes tools for: executing commands after a package is loaded; watermarks; counter manipulation (dynamic counters, changing counter numbering with another counter); improvements to the description environment; hyphenation of compound words; new levels of footnotes; space-filling patterns; "poor man's" Black Board Bold symbols; alignment of the content of a box; use comma as decimal separator; boxes with their own crop marks; page cropmarks; improvements to fancy headers; float "styles", mini floats, side floats; manually marked footnotes; extension of amsmath; control of paragraph skip; an envelope to the graphicx package; dashed and multiple rules; alternative techniques for declarations of sections, captions, and toc- entries; generalised text-stretching; generation of new theorem- like environments; control of the text area; centred page layouts; and un-numbered top-level section.
The package provides a method to reorder frames in the PDF file without reordering the source. Its principal use is to embed or append frames with details on some subject. The author describes the package as "experimental".
Helps to type the pronunciation of English words
This package provides macros beginning with the 'PS' character, made active, which enable us to write the British or American English pronunciation as one can find it in the 'English Pronouncing Dictionary' by Daniel Jones. There is an option to typeset the pronunciation in the style of Harrap's dictionary.
Drop-in replacement for the 'ocgx' package; adds support for dvips+ps2pdf, XeLaTeX, dvipdfmx
This package is a drop-in replacement for the ocgx package by Paul Gaborit. It re-implements the functionality of the ocg, ocgx, and ocg-p packages and adds support for all known engines and back-ends including: LaTeX -> dvips -> ps2pdf/Distiller (Xe)LaTeX(x) -> dvipdfmx PdfLaTeX and LuaLaTeX . It also ensures compatibility with the media9 and animate packages.
This is Eddie Saudrais's font esint10 in Adobe Type 1 format. The Adobe Type 1 implementation was generated from the original Metafont using mftrace. This distribution does not contain the TFM files that are necessary to use the fonts with TeX; the TFM files can be generated from the Metafont sources obtained by following the instructions in the normal way.
This package is an extension to lineno, replacing that package's line numbers with bars to the left or right of the text.
Line-breakable \url-like links in hyperref when compiling via dvips/ps2pdf
This package provides a command much like hyperref's \url that typesets a URL using a typewriter-like font. However, if the dvips driver is being used, the original \url doesn't allow line breaks in the middle of the created link: the link comes in one atomic piece. This package allows such line breaks in the generated links.
Generate roman numerals instead of arabic digits
The romannum package changes LaTeX generated numbers to be printed with roman numerals instead of arabic digits. It requires the stdclsdv package. Users of the bookhands fonts may find this package useful.
This package provides only two macros viz. \TheKey and \TheValue to define then use pairs of key/value and gives a semblance of a hash. Syntax: \TheKey{key}{value} to define the value associated to the key, does not produce text; \TheValue{key} to return the value linked to the key. Both arguments of \TheKey are 'moving' as LaTeX defines the term and we have sometimes to protect them.
LaTeX package for creating randomized Multiple Choice questions>
LaTeX package for creating randomized Multiple Choice questions The mcexam package is a LaTeX package that automatically randomly permutes the order of questions and answer options in different versions of a multiple choice exam/test. Next to the exam versions themselves, the package also allows printing a concept version of the exam, a key table with the correct answers or points, and a document with solutions and explanation per exam version. The package also allows writing an R code which processes the results of the exam and calculates the grades.
This package defines a figure environment which provides the figure content on its own page, with the corresponding caption reading for example "Figure 3 (on next page): ".
The package provides classicists with some of the tools that are needed for typesetting scholarly publications dealing with Greek and Latin texts, with special emphasis on Greek verse. As the package's name suggests, its core is a comprehensive set of commands for generating metrical schemes and for placing prosodical marks on text set in the Latin or the Greek alphabet. The rest of the package provides a miscellany of commands for symbols (most of them not directly related to metre) that are often used in critical editions of classical texts. The package does not require any special font: all symbols are taken from the Computer Modern fonts (which are included in all TeX distributions) and the package's commands are based on TeX primitives.
This package provides a command to insert the ORCiD logo, which is hyperlinked to the URL of the researcher whose iD was specified.
This is a package version of nfssfont.tex (part of the LaTeX distribution); it enables you to print a table of the characters of a font and/or some text (for demonstration or testing purposes), from within a document. (Packages such as testfont and nfssfont.tex provide these facilities, but they run as interactive programs: the user is expected to type details of what is needed.) Note that the package mftinc also has a \fonttable function; the documentation explains how avoid a clash with that package.
Declare robust command, with \newcommand checks
The package merely provides a variation of \DeclareRobustCommand, which checks for the existence of a command before declaring it robust.
Extract parts of a document and write to another document
The package provides the means to extract specific content from a source document and write that to a target document. One could, for instance, use this to extract all exercises from lecture notes and generate an exercises book on the fly. The package also provides an environment which writes its body entirely to the target file. Another environment will write to the target file, but will also execute the body. This allows to share code (for instance, a preamble) between the source document and the target file. Finally, the package provides an interface to conditionally extract content. With a single package option, one can specify exactly which commands (counted from the start of the document) should be extracted and which not. This might be useful for extracting specific slides from a presentation and use them in a new file.
Provides enumerate and itemize environments that can be used within paragraphs to format the items either as running text or as separate paragraphs with a preceding number or symbol. Also provides compacted versions of enumerate and itemize.
The package provides controls for the numbers of rows and columns.
The SemanTeX package for LaTeX delivers a more semantic, systematized way of writing mathematics, compared to the classical math syntax in LaTeX. The system uses keyval syntax, and the user can define their own keys and customize the system down to the last detail. At the same time, care has been taken to make the syntax as simple, natural, practical, and lightweight as possible. Furthermore, the package has a companion package, called stripsemantex, which allows you to completely strip your documents of SemanTeX markup to prepare them e.g. for publication. The package is still in beta, but is considered feature-complete and more or less stable, so using it at this point should be safe. Still, suggestions, ideas, and bug reports are more than welcome!
The package provides facilities for drawing big integral signs when needed. An example would be when the integrand is a matrix.
slovene language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "slovene" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package extends the ifthen package, providing extra predicates for the package's \ifthenelse command. The package is complementary to xifthen, in that they provide different facilities; the two may be loaded in the same document, as long as xifthen is loaded first.
The package typesets a character inside a box, showing where reference point is, and displaying width, height, and depth information of the character. The output is like that on page 63 of "The TeXBook" or page 101 of "The METAFONTbook". The package itself is motivated by Knuth's macros in the file manmac.tex. Users should note that using a small size for the character inside the box does not make any sense: use a large size.
A bundle of small utilities built around expl3
Bundles LaTeX3 packages sharing the erw-l3 prefix. List of packages in this bundle: compose: compose control sequences, whether predefined or inline csutil: narrow purpose control sequences (backend to other packages) disambig: wrapper around \NewDocumentCommand to prevent name conflicts with external cmds numbrdcs: numbered control sequences built from other control sequences or inline
Macros useful in preparing teaching material
Several groups of macros cover different branches of mathematics.
Define \global and \protected commands with \newcommand
The package provides the means of defining \global and (e-TeX) \protected commands, within the framework of LaTeX's standard \newcommand.
Flush left equations with dotted leaders to the numbers
The package provides a different format for typesetting equations, one reportedly used in 'old style Britsh books': equations aligned on the left, with dots on the right leading to the equation number. In default of an equation number, the package operates much like the fleqn class option (no leaders).
This package provides a simple infrastructure for recording errata in LaTeX documents. This allows the user to maintain an updated version of the document (with all errors corrected) and to automatically generate an errata document highlighting the difference to the published version.
This package balances the columns on the last page of a two-column document. If the page is "simple" (no footnotes, floats, or marginpars), is uses the balance package; otherwise, it uses \enlargethispage to make the left column shorter, balancing the columns.
Generate marginpar-equivalent PDF annotations
The package provides the \pdfmarginpar command which is similar in spirit to \marginpar. However, it creates PDF annotations which may be viewed with Adobe Reader in place of marginal texts. Small icons indicate the in-text position where the message originates, popups provide the messages themselves. Thus bugfixes and other such communications are clearly visible together when viewing the document, while the document itself is not obscured.
A new interface for environments in LaTeX
The package provides the \collect@body command (as in amsmath), as well as a \long version \Collect@Body, for collecting the body text of an environment. These commands are used to define a new author interface to creating new environments. For example: \NewEnviron{test} wraps the entire environment body in square brackets, doing the right thing in ignoring leading and trailing spaces.
Package listings does not support files with multi-byte encodings such as UTF-8. In the case of \lstinputlisting, a simple workaround is possible if a one-byte encoding exists that the file can be converted to. The package requires the e-TeX extensions under pdfTeX (in either PDF or DVI output mode).
This package allows you to create lists of numbered items (as in Wittgenstein's 'Tractatus') with a single active character as the only command. A variety of parameters are available to configure the appearance of the list; lists may be nested (effectively to unlimited depth).
Retrieve colour model and values for defined colours
Extension of \fbox, with controllable frames and colours
The package defines the \efbox command, which creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The command optionally puts a (possibly partial) frame around the box, and allows setting the box background colour.
The package provides a collection of tools, which are helpful for the creation of a LaTeX template if conditional paths for code execution are required. All the commands work both in the preamble and in the document.
sfmath is a simple package for sans serif maths in documents. After including the package, all maths of the current document is displayed with sans serif fonts.
Supports the creation of a collection of minutes. Features include: Support of tasks (who, schedule, what, time of finishing; possibility of creating a list of open tasks; inclusion of open tasks from other minutes; Support for attachments; Support of schedule dates (in planning: support for the calendar package); Different versions ('secret parts'); and Macros for votes and decisions (list of decisions). Support for minutes in German, Dutch and English is provided.
Relative section headings for modular documents
LaTeX sections have absolute depth, e.g. \section, \subsection, etc. When composing modular documents, we want relative depths. The coseoul package provides relative headings, but does not get things right when composing a document modularly from multiple parts. This package provides the missing piece. modular relies on coseoul, import, and ifthen.
The package provides the environment fullwidth, which sets the left and right margins in a simple way. There is no constraint about page breaks; if you are using the twoside mode, you can set the inner and outer margins to avoid the effects of the different margins.
Facilities for controlling restricted text in a document
The package allows a convenient redaction/censor capability to be employed, for those who need to protect restricted information, etc. The package can "redact" anything that can be enclosed by a LaTeX box.
Defines a command \outputonly, whose argument is a list of pages to be output. With the command present (before \begin{document}), only those pages are output. This package was inspired by code published by Knuth in TUGboat 8(2) (July 1987).
Print two virtual pages on each physical page
MiKTeX and many other TeX implementations include tools for massaging PostScript into booklet and two-up printing -- that is, printing two logical pages side by side on one side of one sheet of paper. However, some LaTeX preliminaries are necessary to use those tools. The twoup package provides such preliminaries and gives advice on how to use the PostScript tools.
Rudimentary C++-like namespaces in LaTeX
The namespc package adds rudimentary C++-like namespace functionality to LaTeX. It may be used to declare local LaTeX commands, which can be made accessible in a later contexts without defining them globally.
Utility macro: peek ahead without ignoring spaces
The package deals with the behaviour of the LaTeX internal command \@ifnextchar, which skips blank spaces. This has the potential to surprise users, since it can produce really unwanted effects. A common example occurs with brackets starting a line following \\: the command looks for an optional argument, whereas the user wants the brackets to be printed. The package offers commands and options for modifying this behaviour, maybe limited to certain parts of the document source.
The package allows nested endnotes, supports hyperref and provides means for easy customization of the list of notes. The package requires the expl3 bundle and packages from the LaTeX 3 'package set'.
Define commands which expand to verbatim text
The package defines a single command \verbdef (which has a *- form, like \verb). \verbdef will define a robust command whose body expands to verbatim text. By using commands defined by \verbdef, one can put verbatim text into the arguments of commands; since the defined command is robust, it doesn't matter if the argument is moving. (Full details of syntax and caveats about use are in comments in the file itself.)
Support for the calligra font in LaTeX documents
The package offers support for the calligra handwriting font, in LaTeX documents. The package is part of the fundus bundle.
The package can draw boxes that perform like \framebox or \fbox, but use dashed lines. The package can also draw (an illusion of) vertical stacks of boxes.
Produce external links instead of internal ones
The PDF visualizer http://issuu.com/ISSUU is a popular service which shows PDF documents "a page a time". Due to the way it is implemented, internal links in these documents are not allowed. Instead, they must be converted to external ones in the form http://issuu.com/action/page?page=PAGENUMBER. The package patches hyperref to produce external links in the required form instead of internal links created by \ref, \cite and other commands. Since the package redefines the internals of hyperref, it must be loaded it AFTER hyperref.
Decorative swelled rule using font character
The package implements a decorative swelled rule using only a symbol from a font installed with all distributions of TeX, so it works independently, without the need to install any additional software or fonts. This is the packaged version of the macro which was originally published in the "Typographers' Inn" column in TUGboat 31:1 (2010).
Presentation slides for screen and printouts
This package is used to produce printed slides with LaTeX and online presentations with pdfLaTeX. It is provided by the 'Institute of Mechanics' (ifm) Univ. of Technology Darmstadt, Germany. It is based on ideas of pdfslide, but completely rewritten for compatibility with texpower and seminar. The manual describes all functions and provides a sample.
FIFO and stack implementation for package writers
A LaTeX implementation of a combined FIFO Stack modified from the existing stack package by Benjamin Bayart. The package renames the original's \Push and \Pop commands \FSPush and \FSPop, and which work on the top/end of the FIFO/Stack), and adds the ability to \FSUnshift and \FSShift from the the bottom(front) of the FIFO/Stack.
This package allows \marginpar-commands inside of minipages and other boxes. (It takes another approach than marginnote by Markus Kohm: it saves all \marginpar-commands and typesets them outside (i.e., after) the box.) The package defines an environment minipagewithmarginpars (to be used like minipage)-- and the internal commands may be used by other packages to define similar environments or commands.
Key-value parsing combining features of xkeyval and pgfkeys
The package integrates the features of xkeyval and of pgfkeys by introducing a new type of handlers. Style keys, links, changing key callbacks and values on the fly, and other features of pgfkeys are introduced in a new context.
This package defines a couple of editorial notes that simplify collaboration on a LaTeX text. These allow authors to annotate status information in the source. In draft mode, the annotations are shown for communication, and in publication mode these are suppressed.
This package offers macros that make the preparation of exercise sheets for teaching carbohydrate chemistry a lot less tedious. It uses chemfig for drawing the formulas. Different representation models (Fischer, Haworth, chair...) are supported as well as alpha, beta, and chain isomers.
Actuarial symbols of life contingencies and financial mathematics
This package provides commands to compose actuarial symbols of life contingencies and financial mathematics characterized by subscripts and superscripts on both sides of a principal symbol. The package also features commands to easily and consistently position precedence numbers above or below statuses in symbols for multiple lives contracts. Since the actuarial notation can get quite involved, the package defines a number of shortcut macros to ease entry of the most common elements. Appendix A of the package documentation lists the commands to typeset a large selection of symbols of life contingencies. This package requires actuarialangle.
The package provides an environment, tabu, which will make any sort of tabular (that doesn't need to split across pages), and an environment longtabu which provides the facilities of tabu in a modified longtable environment. (Note that this latter offers an enhancement of ltxtable.) The package requires the array package, and needs e-TeX to run (since array.sty is present in every conforming distribution of LaTeX, and since every publicly available LaTeX format is built using e-TeX, the requirements are provided by default on any reasonable system). The package also requires xcolor for coloured rules in tables, and colortbl for coloured cells. The longtabu environment further requires that longtable be loaded. The package itself does not load any of these packages for the user. The tabu environment may be used in place of tabular, tabular* and tabularx environments, as well as the array environment in maths mode. It overloads tabularx's X-column specification, allowing a width specification, alignment (l, r, c and j) and column type indication (p, m and b). \begin{tabu} to <dimen> specifies a target width, and \begin{tabu} spread <dimen> enlarges the environment's "natural" width.
The package provides commands for creating a grid of rectangles, and commands for populating locations in the grid. PGF/TikZ is used for placement and population of the cells.
User level management of LaTeX input and output
Commands are defined to manage the limited pool of input and output handles provided by TeX. The streams so provided are mapped to various of the LaTeX input and output mechanisms. Some facilities of the verbatim package are also mapped.
A set of replacements for the default LaTeX classes, based upon the Koma-Script bundle and the seminar class. Includes hcart, hcreport, hcletter, and hcslides.
Defines a command \shabox (analgous to \fbox), and supporting mechanisms.
LaTeX's standard styles use two page styles, one on normal pages and one on 'opening' pages with \maketitle or \chapter, etc. Unfortunately there is only easy access to changing one of these two so if you want something other than 'plain' on the opening pages you must use \thispagestyle on each such page. The fancyhdr package does provide a more flexible interface, but if you just want an empty page style on all pages then this package will do the job.
Typeset notes containing rich content, in the margin
The package allows typesetting of texts with notes, figures, citations, captions and tables in the margin. This is common (for example) in science text books.
The bundle provides Metafont source for a small font used for (e.g.) Laplace transformations, together with a LaTeX .fd file and a package providing commands for the symbols' use in mathematics.
The package will report number of used registers (counter, dimen, skip, muskip, box, token, input, output, math families, languages, insertions), and will compare the number to the maximum available number of such registers.
A highly readable and good looking CV and letter class
This class provides, what I have found, to be an extremely attractive and highly readable CV which will lead to your CV being read rather than disgarded.
This package makes it possible to define colors automatically by their names. This can be useful in drawing TikZ pictures and designing beamer themes. Using the package, you don't need to write \definecolor before using a color.
Graphics package-alike macros for "general" boxes
The package provides several macros to adjust boxed content. One purpose is to supplement the standard graphics package, which defines the macros \resizebox, \scalebox and \rotatebox , with the macros\trimbox and \clipbox. The main feature is the general \adjustbox macro which extends the "key=value" interface of \includegraphics from the graphics package and applies it to general text content. Additional provided box macros are \lapbox, \marginbox, \minsizebox, \maxsizebox and \phantombox. All macros use the collectbox package to read the content as a box and not as a macro argument. This allows for all forms of content including special material like verbatim content. A special feature of collectbox is used to provide matching environments with the identical names as the macros.
A MetaPost library for drawing electrical circuit diagrams
MakeCirc is a MetaPost library that contains diverse symbols for use in circuit diagrams. MakeCirc offers a high quality tool, with a simple syntax. MakeCirc is completely integrated with LaTeX documents and with other MetaPost drawing/graphic. Its output is a PostScript file. MakeCirc only requires (La)TeX and MetaPost to work.
Multipage tables with wide range of features
The package allows the user to typeset multipage tables with repeatable headers and footers, and with cells spanned over rows and columns. Decorations are supported: padding, background color, width of separation rules. The package is compatible with multicol and pdfsync.
Write your books in a simple and clear way
This package provides a LaTeX class for typesetting books with a simple and clear design. Currently, it has native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese and Russian typesetting. It compiles with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This is part of the minimalist class series and depends on minimalist.sty from the minimalist package. The package name "simplivre" is taken from the French words "simple" and "livre" (= "book").
Easy access to the Lorem Ipsum dummy text
This package gives you easy access to the Lorem Ipsum dummy text; an option is available to separate the paragraphs of the dummy text into TeX-paragraphs. All the paragraphs are taken with permission from http://lipsum.com/.
The package specifies a beamer theme for presenting a thesis.
An all-in-one LaTeX notes package for students
This is a modification of the original Jhep journal format in order to suit the needs of students in university. The goal of this package was to make notetaking easier for students and offer easy support for marginnotes along with a reliable and legible formatting structure.
This package provides macros and an environment for easy worksheet creation: Use the exercise environment for formating exercises in a simple, efficient design; typeset customized and automatically numbered worksheet titles in the same way as standard LaTeX titles (using \maketitle); provide course and author information with a scrlayer-scrpage based automated header; conforming to different babel languages. (Currently English, French, and German are supported.)
Create scalebars for maps, diagrams or photos
This is a small package to create scalebars for maps, diagrams or photos. It was designed for use with cave maps but can be used for anything from showing a scalebar in kilometres for topographic maps to a scalebar in micrometres for an electron microscope image.
Provides commands for producing a colophon
Colophons are a once-common design device by which a book (or document) designer gave some information to his readers about the design and makeup of the text. It typically includes the publisher (if not included elsewhere in the document), font size, leading size, measure, and of course font face identification. Sometimes it includes information about the tools used, as well. This package provides some highly configurable macros, with sensible defaults, for producing colophons without having to muck around with a lot of manual code.
A document class to create small hand-outs (flyers) that fit on a single sheet of paper which is then folded twice. Pages are rearranged by LaTeX so that they print correctly on a single sheet -- no external script is necessary. (Works with PostScript and PDF.) This is a complete reimplementation with permission of the original author Jurgen Schlegelmilch.
The package provides a front end to the stackengine package, to allow tabbed stacking. In most cases, an existing stackengine command may be prepended with the word "tabbed", "align" or "tabular" to create a new tabbed version of a stacking macro. In addition, hooks in the package's parser, that tabbed strings of data may be parsed, extracted and reconstituted (not requiring use of any stacking constructions).
The package gives the user complete control of how the entries of the table of contents should be constituted from the name, number, and page number of each sectioning unit. The layout is controlled by the definition of 'line styles' for each sectioning level used in the document. The package provides its own custom line styles (which may be used as examples), and continues to support the standard formatting inherited from the LaTeX document classes, but the package can also allow the user to delegate the details to packages dealing with list making environments (such as enumitem). The package's default global style typesets tables of contents in a multi-column format, with either a standard heading, or a ruled title (optionally with a frame around the table). The \tableofcontents command may be used arbitrarily many times in the same document, while \localtableofcontents provides a 'local' table of contents.
Randomise the order of characters in strings
The package provides a single macro \randomize{TEXT} that typesets the characters of TEXT in random order, such that the resulting output appears correct, but most automated attempts to read the file will misunderstand it. This function allows one to include an email address in a TeX document and publish it online without fear of email address harvesters or spammers easily picking up the address.
Longtable support with possible X-column specifier
This package loads package ltablex, but keeps the current tabularx environment as is. The new environment xltabular is a combination of longtable and tabularx: Header/footer definitions, X-column specifier, and with possible pagebreaks.
Package for working with complicated folder structures
This package simplifies working with folder structures that match the chapter/section/subsection structure. It provides macros to define a folder that contains the file for a chapter/section/subsection, and provides macros that allow inclusion without using the full path, rather the path relative to the current folder of the chapter/section/subsection. It makes easy changing the name of a folder, for example.
The package facilitates the formatting of currencies (amounts and units) with various formatting capabilities.
New column types for array and tabular environments
This small package provides new column types for array and tabular environments, horizontally and vertically centered, or with adjusted height for big mathematical expressions. The columns width can be fixed or calculated like in tabularx environments. Macros for drawing vertical and horizontal rules of variable thickness are also provided.
Access metadata from the git distributed version control system
The package makes it possible to incorporate git version control metadata into documents. For memoir users, the package provides the means to tailor page headers and footers to use the metadata. gitinfo2 is a new release of gitinfo. The changes to version 2 are not backward-compatible, and the package name has been changed to avoid impact on existing users' repositories. All new repositories should use this version of the package.
Create PDF animations from graphics files and inline graphics
The package provides an interface to create portable, JavaScript driven PDF animations from sets of graphics files or from inline graphics, such as LaTeX picture environment, PSTricks or pgf/TikZ generated pictures, or just from typeset text.
French language module for glossaries package
Nynorsk language module for the glossaries package
Norwegian Nynorsk language module for the glossaries package.
Serbian language module for glossaries package
Dutch language module for glossaries package
Dutch language module for glossariesr package.
Setting rich-text input into Titling Caps
The package is intended for setting rich text into titling capitals (in which the first character of words are capitalized). It automatically accounts for diacritical marks (like umlauts), national symbols (like "ae"), punctuation, and font changing commands that alter the appearance or size of the text. It allows a list of predesignated words to be protected as lower-cased, and also allows for titling exceptions of various sorts.
Esperanto language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "esperanto" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package contains a theme for Beamer which is referenced as "Cuerna" inside beamer and has four basic colour themes. The title page shows rectangles that represent the Fibonacci sequence, and spiral is drawn on top of the rectangles. Besides that the rest of the graphic elements in the slides are scarce to keep it clean.
Colors used to display amino acids, nucleotides, sugars or atoms in biochemistry
Biochemistry-colors.sty defines the standard colors of biochemistry for use with the color package and the xcolor package. xcolor is loaded by Biochemistry-colors.sty. Colors include: Shapely-colors for amino acids and nucleotides. CPK- Colors (Corey, Pauling and Koltun) of elements. Jmol-colors of elements, important isotopes and structures. Glycopedia colors for sugars.
The package implements the etaremune environment which is an enumerate environment in which the labels decrease instead of increasing. The package is noticeably more efficient than the revnum package, which uses painfully many counters.
A package with three dark color themes for beamer, designed for presentations with pictures and/or for bright rooms without screen. These themes mix one dominant foreground colour and a black background. Cormorant stands for green, frigatebird for red and magpie for blue.
The appendix package provides various ways of formatting the titles of appendices. Also (sub)appendices environments are provided that can be used, for example, for per chapter/section appendices. The word 'Appendix' or similar can be prepended to the appendix number for article class documents. The word 'Appendices' or similar can be added to the table of contents before the appendices are listed. The word 'Appendices' or similar can be typeset as a \part-like heading (page) in the body. An appendices environment is provided which can be used instead of the \appendix command.
Extend beamer and a0poster for custom sized posters
The package enables the user to use beamer style operations on a canvas of the sizes provided by a0poster; font scaling is available (using packages such as type1cm if necessary). In addition, the package allows the user to benefit from the nice colour box handling and alignment provided by the beamer class (for example, with rounded corners and shadows). Good looking posters may be created very rapidly. Features include: scalable fonts using the fp and type1cm packages; posters in A-series sizes, and custom sizes like double A0 are possible; still applicable to custom beamer slides, e.g. 16:9 slides for a wide- screen (i.e. 1.78 aspect ratio); orientation may be portrait or landscape; a 'debug mode' is provided.
The mcaption package provides an mcaption environment which puts figure or table captions in the margin. The package works with the standard classes and with the KOMA-Script document classes scrartcl, scrreprt and scrbook. The package requires the changepage package.
The package provides a complex labelling scheme. It is designed to support the needs of the author's chemschemex package
German language module for glossaries package
German language module for glossariesr package.
This package is similar to the msc package in that it provides macros for typesetting a variant of sequence diagrams, in this case the Live Sequence Charts of Damm and Harel. The package supports the full LSC language of the original LSC paper, the Klose-extensions for formal verification and some of the Harel- extensions for the Play-In/Play-Out approach (cf. the manual).
Writing specifications such as for UP-based methodologies
The bundle allows the user to create Unified Process methodology (UP or RUP) based documents. The style provides document versioning, document history, document authors, document validators, specification description, task management, and several helping macros.
Change format of \today with commands for current time
Provides various different formats for the text created by the command \today, and also provides commands for displaying the current time (or any given time), in 12-hour, 24-hour or text format. The package overrides babel's date format, having its own library of date formats in different languages. The package requires the fmtcount package. This package is now obsolete and has been replaced by datetime2.
Beamer themies for Boston College and the University of Pennsylvania
Beamer themes in the colors of the University of Pennsylvania, USA, and Boston College, USA. Both were tested for the presentation theme 'Warsaw. Please note that these color themes are neither official nor exact! The colours are approximated from the universities' style guidelines and websites, and slightly modified where necessary to generate an appealing look. The universities neither endorse, nor provide any support for, these color themes. I give no warranty for the code.
The package defines the concept of a document bundle, which is a collection of documents that are to be built separately, but have a common bookmark tree. The only options are driver options, these are dvips (Acrobat Distiller or ps2pdf these can be used as the PDF creator), pdfLaTeX (and LuaLaTeX, which is treated the same as pdfLaTeX), and XeLaTeX. The package auto-detects pdfLaTeX and XeLaTeX, and dvips is the default, so there is actually no need to pass the driver option.
LaTeX provides a mechanism for altering the appearance of references to labels, but it's somewhat flawed, and requires that the user manipulate internal commands. The package solves the problem, by providing a \labelformat command for changing the format of references to labels. The package also provides a \Ref command to make reference to such redefined labels at the start of a sentence.
A package for creating MC-covers on your own. It allows the creation of simple covers as well as covers with an additional page for more information about the cassette (table of contents e.g.). The rotating package is required.
The package provides for 'chapterno-pageno' or 'chaptername- pageno' page numbering. Provision is made for front- and backmatter in book class.
Freeform slides based on the article class
The ffslides ("freeform slides") class is intended to make it easier to place various types of content freely on the page, and therefore easier to design documents with a strong visual component: presentations, posters, research or lecture notes, and so on. The goal of the class is to be less rigid and less complex than some of the popular presentation-making options. It is essentially a small set of macros added to the article class. A well-organized template file is included, and the documentation is itself an extensive example of the class's capabilities.
The package is used to change the format of \today's date, including the weekday, e.g., "Saturday, 26 June 2008", the 'UK format', which is preferred in many parts of the world, as distinct from that which is used in \maketitle of the article class, "June 26, 2008", the 'US format'.
With standard LaTeX you are able to check for the class in use invoking the kernel command \@ifclassloaded. However, doing so you cannot get the explicit class name, unless you want to loop over every possible class name until \@ifclassloaded returns true -- don't do that! With the help of the present package you can obtain the name of the current class with significantly less effort. Just load the package as usual: \usepackage{fetchcls}; then, the control sequence \classname will hold the name you were looking for.
This class is used with LaTeX presentations using the prosper class. ppr-prv stands for 'Prosper Preview'. The aim of this class is to produce a printable version of the slides written with Prosper, with two slides per page.
Add interactive Barcode fields to PDF forms
The package extends the hyperref functionality for creating interactive forms to allow adding Barcode form fields supported by some modern PDF readers. Currently, only pdfTeX is supported.
Icelandic language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "icelandic" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package interactiveworkbook gives the user the ability to write LaTeX documents which, ultimately, create interactive question-and-answer Portable Document Format (PDF) tutorials meant to be used by Internet students and that, in particular, freely use mathematical notation.
Use the textual comma character as decimal separator in math mode
The package is based on the icomma package, and intended as a solution for situations where the text comma character discerns from the math comma character, e. g. when fonts whithout math support are involved. Escaping to text mode every time a comma is used in math mode may slow down the compilation process.
A LaTeX package for easy access to the symbols of the Knuth's 'manual' font, such as the Dangerous Bend and Manual-errata Arrow.
The package provides a LISP interpreter written using TeX macros; it is provided as a LaTeX package. The interpreter static scoping, dynamic typing, and eager evaluation.
Creates an overview of a document's state
Progress is a package which. when compiling TeX and LaTeX documents, generates a HTML file showing an overview of a document's state (of how finished it is). The report is sent to file \ProgressReportName, which is by default the \jobname with the date appended (but is user-modifiable).
Improved colour support under pdfTeX (legacy stub)
The package used to provide macros that emulated the 'colour stack' functionality of dvips. The colour stack deals with colour manipulations when asynchronous events (like page-breaking) occur. At the time the package was written, pdfTeX did not (yet) have such a stack, though dvips had had one for a long time. This package was an experimental solution to the problem, and worked best with pdfeTeX. For current releases of pdfTeX (later than version 1.40.0, released in 2007), this package is not needed, since "real" colour stacks are available. The present pdfcolmk is therefore just an empty stub that does nothing at all, just in case there are still documents that reference it. The documented source of the original package is still available at the github repository.
Create syntax diagrams using special environments and commands to represent the diagram structure.
Macros for documentation of LaTeX classes and packages
The package provides macros and environments to document LaTeX packages and classes. It is an (as yet unfinished) alternative to the ltxdoc class and the doc or xdoc packages. The aim is to provide a different layout and more modern styles (using the xcolor, hyperref packages, etc.) This is an alpha release, and should probably not (yet) be used with other packages, since the implementation might change. Nevertheless, the author uses it to document his own packages.
Typesetting a beuatiful CV with various style options
The class simplifies the creation of beautiful CV. The user may choose between different styles, and may adjust settings to tune the output.
The package provides "relative" commands that may be used in place of \chapter, \section, etc. The documentation shows a number of document-management scenarios in which such commands are valuable.
Simple creation of commands with key-value arguments
The package (which requires e-TeX) provides a natural way to define commands with optional keys. The package provides \newkeycommand, \renewkeycommand, \providekeycommand, \newkeyenvironment and \renewkeyenvironment, together with \keycmd for a more advanced interface. The package is based on kvsetkeys by Heiko Oberdiek.
Bundle for unit tests and pattern matching
This is the public release of the qstest bundle (written for DocScape Publisher) (C) 2006, 2007 QuinScape GmbH. The bundle contains the packages 'makematch' for matching patterns to targets (with a generalization in the form of pattern lists and keyword lists), and 'qstest' for performing unit tests, allowing the user to run a number of logged tests ensuring the consistency of values, properties and call sequences during execution of test code. Both packages make extensive use of in their package documentation, providing illustrated examples that are automatically verified to work as expected. Check the README file for details.
Create outlines for scientific documents
Every scientific document requires outlining before it is written. This package adds simple macros for your LaTeX document.
This package provides some enhancements for the gmdoc package: nicer formatting for multiple line inline comments, an ability to "comment out" some code, and a macro to input other files in "normal" LaTeX mode.
Typeset linear operators as they appear in quantum theory or linear algebra
This small package aims to provide two simple commands and many options to easily write linear operators as they appear in many- body physics, quantum theory, and linear algebra, in any of the ways commonly in use.
This package adds support for traces in trees created using either the synttree or the qtree package. The package provides two commands (\traceLabel and \traceReference) to set and use a trace.
Typeset and index linguistic gloss abbreviations
The leipzig package provides a set of macros for standard glossing abbreviations, with options to create new ones. They are mnemonic (e.g. \Acc{} for accusative, abbreviated acc). These abbre can be used alone or on top of the glossaries package for easy indexing and glossary printing.
Universal inputenc, fontenc, and babel for pdfLaTeX and LuaLaTeX
This package provides a LaTeX style file which makes it easy to use input encoding (UTF-8 by default, can be changed), fontspec.sty (optional), font encoding (T1 if fontspec.sty is not used), babel (English language by default), hyphenation, underline (with soul.sty), default text and math fonts (Computer Modern or Times), and paper sizes correctly with both pdfLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.
The package can fetch the date declaration of packages and files used by a document, and then provide the information in macros. The facilities provide a means of obtaining the date of a package being documented; this is mainly of use when doc/docstrip.
The hanging package facilitates the typesetting of hanging paragraphs. The package also enables typesetting with hanging punctuation, by making punctuation characters active. This facility is best suppressed (it can interfere with other packages) -- there are package options for suppressing each individual punctuation character. 'Real' attempts at hanging punction should nowadays use the microtype package, which takes advantage of the support offered in recent versions of pdfTeX.
The package provides functionality for producing an index without directly entering index entries into the text using the \index command, but instead by looking up short keys and printing a predefined string in the main text and adding a corresponding index entry. The standard use case is the production of an index of names.
Extend math family up to 256 for pLaTeX/upLaTeX/Lamed
This package increases the upper limit of math symbols up to 256, using \omath... primitives. These primitives were originally introduced in Omega and are currently available in the following formats: pLaTeX (runs on e-pTeX), upLaTeX (runs on e-upTeX), Lamed (runs on Aleph, successor of Omega).
This package lets you produce placeholder elements for documents under development, similar to the skeleton screens used while loading contents in many applications and websites. It also has a mechanism for attaching explanatory endnotes to these placeholders, or to anything else in your document. The same note mechanism can also be used with ordinary content, e.g., as a to-do mechanism.
Print dates according to the classical Latin calendar
kalendarium is a LaTeX3 package that provides several macros with which to print dates in classical Latin given days on the Julian or Gregorian calendars, using the same syntax used by ancient Roman authors. The format of these dates may be customised either in the package options or on a per-command basis; these options also allow for the generation of date strings according to different eras of the Classical period.
Producing Unicode characters with TIPA commands
Package TIPA uses the T3 encoding for producing IPA characters. The package is widely used in the field of linguistics, but because of the old encoding, the output documents are less productive than Unicode-based documents. This package redefines most of the TIPA-commands for outputting Unicode characters. Users can now use their beloved TIPA shortcuts with the benefits of Unicode, i.e. searchability, copy-pasting, changing the font and many more. As this package needs the fontspec package for loading an IPA font, it needs to be compiled with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This package can also be viewed as an ASCII-based input method for producing IPA characters in Unicode. It needs the Charis SIL font for printing IPA characters.
Draws a grid on every page of the document; the grid divides the page into columns, and may be used for fixing measurements of layout.
SplitIndex consists of a LaTeX package, splitidx, and a small program, splitindex. The package may be used to produce one index or several indexes. Without splitindex (for example, using the index package), the number of indexes is limited by the number of TeX's output streams. But using the program you may use even more than 16 indexes: splitidx outputs only a single file \jobname.idx and the program splits that file into several raw index files and calls your favorite index processor for each of the files.
A LaTeX class for writing exercise sheets
This package implements a LaTeX class for writing exercise sheets for a lecture. Features: - quick typesetting of exercise sheets or their revisions, - simple user friendly commands, - elegant page formatting, - automatic numbering of exercises and sub-exercises, - the number of the exercise sheet is extracted automatically from the file name, - static information about the lectures and the authors needs to provided at one point only.
Welsh language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "welsh" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Directly embed flash movies into PDF files
The package allows direct embedding of flash movies into PDF files. It is designed for use with pdflatex. The package takes advantage of the embedded Adobe Flash player in Adobe Reader 9; the reader is invoked with the 'rich media annotation' feature, described in "Adobe Supplement to the ISO 32000 BaseVersion: 1.7 ExtensionLevel: 3". This method of embedding movies is attractive since it removes all platform dependencies; however, the user is required to use Acrobat 9.
Danish language module for glossaries package
Description lists with equal indentation
This package provides a list environment which sets a description-like list in which the indentation corresponds to the longest item of the list.
Local allocation macros, with names taken from etex.sty but with implementation based on the LaTeX 2015 allocation macros.
Selectively include/excludes portions of text
Selectively include/exclude pieces of text, allowing the user to define new, separately controlled, comment versions. All text between \comment ... \endcomment or \begin{comment} ... \end{comment} is discarded. The opening and closing commands should appear on a line of their own. No starting spaces, nothing after it. This environment should work with arbitrary amounts of comment, and the comment can be arbitrary text. Other 'comment' environments are defined and selected/deselected with \includecomment{versiona} and \excludecoment{versionb} These environments are used as \versiona ... \endversiona or \begin{versiona} ... \end{versiona} with the opening and closing commands again on a line of their own.
This package lets you easily typeset professional-looking invoices. The user specifies the content of the invoice by different \setPROPERTY commands, and an invoice is generated automatically with the \makeinvoice command.
Extended references to items for enumitem package
The package is a companion for the enumitem package; it makes it possible to reference any item in lists formatted by enumitem lists, viz., enumerated, itemize and description lists, and any list defined (or customised) with \newlist or \setlist. References may be typeset differently with options/properties and even arbitrary text. With hyperref, anchors are added for each item to enable hyperlinks within the document or even to external documents. Three schemes are provided to make reference names (including the standard \label command).
Symbol for use in "present value" statements of an annuity
The package defines a single command \actuarialangle to typeset "angles" in the 'present value of an annuity' symbols common in actuarial and financial notation.
Page numbering that continues between documents
The package provides the facility that several documents can be typeset independently with page numbers in sequence, as if they were a single document.
Cut a window in a paragraph, typeset material in it
The package provides facilities to cut windows out of paragraphs, and to typeset text or other material in the window. The window may be rectangular, or may have other sorts of shape.
Define commands with many optional arguments
The package provides extended versions of \newcommand and related LaTeX commands, which allow easy and robust definition of macros with many optional arguments, using a clear and simple xkeyval-style syntax.
The package keeps track of whether a command defined in a document preamble is actually used somewhere in the document. After the package is loaded in the preamble of a document, all \newcommand (and similar command definitions) between that point and the beginning of the document will be marked for logging. At the end of the document a report of command usage will be printed in the TeX log, for example: "mdash was used on line 25"; "ndash was never used".
The package is an extension for the listings package that provides a source code printer for LaTeX. This package defines new language definitions and listing environments for the three language dialects of the Vienna Development Method: VDM-SL, VDM- PP and VDM-RT. If one wants to typeset VDM with a mathematical syntax instead of the ASCII syntax used here one should use the vdm pacakge instead
Tools for a repository of long-living documents
The package provides macros that help to build a document repository for long living documents. It focuses on structure and re-use of text, code, figures etc. The basic concept is first to separate structure from content (i.e., text about a topic from the structure it is presented by) and then separating the content from the actual published document, thus enabling easy re-use of text blocks in different publications (i.e., text about a protocol in a short article about this protocol as well as in a book about many protocols); all without constantly copying or changing text. As a side effect, using the document classes provided, it hides a lot of LaTeX from someone who just wants to write articles and books.
Extended filecontents and filecontents* environments
LaTeX2e's filecontents and filecontents* environments enable a LaTeX source file to generate external files as it runs through LaTeX. However, there are two limitations of these environments: they refuse to overwrite existing files, and they can only be used in the preamble of a document. The filecontents package removes these limitations, letting you overwrite existing files and letting you use filecontents/filecontents* anywhere.
There are a number of symbols (e.g., \Square) that are defined by several packages. In order to typeset all the variants in a document, we have to give the glyph a unique name. To do that, we define \savesymbol{XXX}, which renames a symbol from \XXX to \origXXX, and \restoresymbols{yyy}{XXX}, which renames \origXXX back to \XXX and defines a new command, \yyyXXX, which corresponds to the most recently loaded version of \XXX.
Provides convenient key-value options for LaTeX package writers
The options package provides easy to use key-value options for LaTeX package writers. It has a similar interface as pgfkeys with path options but comes with more built-in data types and more convenient support for families and searching.
Helper commands and element definitions for Docutils LaTeX output
The package is intended for use with LaTeX documents generated from reStructuredText sources with Docutils. When generating LaTeX documents, specify this package with the stylesheet configuration option, e.g. rst2latex --stylesheet=docutils exampledocument.txt
This package generates circled numbers (or other kinds of markers or small text) to mark "steps" in procedures, exercises, and so on.
Implements a document layout for writing letters according to the rules of DIN (Deutsches Institut fur Normung, German standardisation institute). A style file for LaTeX 2.09 (with limited support of the features) is part of the package. Since the letter layout is based on a German standard, the user guide is written in German, but most macros have English names from which the user can recognize what they are used for. In addition there are example files showing how letters may be created with the package. A graphical interface for use of the dinbrief is provided in the dinbrief-GUI bundle.
A package to scale a document by sqrt(2) (or by \magstep{2}). This is useful if you are preparing a document on, for example, A5 paper and want to print on A4 paper to achieve a better resolution.
Defines an environment multienumerate, that produces an enumerated array in which columns are vertically aligned on the counter. The motivation was lists of answers for a text book, where there are many rather small items; the multienumerate environment goes some way to making such lists look neater.
The package runs with pdfTeX or XeTeX, and creates an auxiliary file with geometrical information to permit references back and forth between source and PDF, assuming a conforming editor and PDF viewer.
Multiple level of lists in one list-like environment
The package defines multiple level lists within one list-like environment. instead of writing \begin{enumerate} \item 1 \begin{enumerate} \item 2 \begin{enumerate} \item 3 \begin{enumerate} \item 4 \end{enumerate} \end{enumerate} \item 2.1 \end{enumerate} \item 1.1 \begin{enumerate} \item 2 \end{enumerate} \end{enumerate} this package allows you to write \begin{enumerate} \item 1 \iitem 2 \iiitem 3 \ivtem 4 \iitem 2.1 \item 1.1 \iitem 2 \end{enumerate}
This is a package for use with pdftex, to make nice presentation slides. Its aims are: to devise a method for easier technical presentation; to help the mix of mathematical formulae with text and graphics which other present day document processing tools fail to accomplish; to exploit the platform independence of TeX so that presentation documents become portable; and to offer the freedom and possibilities of using various backgrounds and other embellishments that a user can imagine to have in as presentation. The package can make use of the facilities of the PPower4 post-processor.
Graphical and textual clocks for TeX and LaTeX
Features graphical clocks (with a classical 12h dial and two hands) and text clocks (in 24h format) which can show system time or any time the user desires. Works with both TeX and LaTeX. The clock faces (appearances of the dial) are easily expandable; the default uses a custom Metafont font.
HA-prosper is a patch for prosper that adds new functionality to prosper based presentations. Among the new features you will find automatic generation of a table of contents on each slide, support for notes and portrait slides. The available styles demonstrate how to expand the functionality of prosper even further.
Put only special contents on left-hand pages in two sided layout
This package supports the preparation of semi one sided documents. That is, two sided documents, where all text is output on right-hand pages--as in a one-sided documents--and only special contents are output on left-hand pages on user request, e.g., floating objects.
This package provides commands for formatting dates, times and time zones and redefines \today to use the same formatting style. In addition to \today, you can also use \DTMcurrenttime (current time) or \DTMnow (current date and time). Dates and times can be saved for later use. The accompanying datetime2- calc package can be used to convert date-times to UTC+00:00. Language and regional support is provided by independently maintained and installed modules. The datetime2-calc package uses the pgfcalendar package (part of the PGF/TikZ bundle). This package replaces datetime.sty which is now obsolete.
Global warnings at the end of the logfile
This package provides a command that generates a list of warnings that are printed out at the very end of the logfile. This is useful for warnings such as 'Rerun for this or that reason' or 'This is a draft, change it before the final run'.
A macro package for use with epsf.tex which allows PostScript labels in an Encapsulated PostScript file to be replaced by TeX labels. The package provides commands \relabel (simply replace a PostScript string), \adjustrelabel (replace a PostScript string, with position adjustment), and \extralabel (add a label at given coordinates). You can, if you so choose, use the facilities of the labelfig package in place of using \extralabel.
Enhanced display of LaTeX File Information
The bundle provides two packages, readprov and myfilist. The readprov package provides a means of reading file information without loading the body of the file. The myfilist package uses readprov and controls what \listfiles will report.
Convert a number to its English expression
The package can generate cardinal (one, two, ...) and ordinal (first, second, ...) numbers. The code derives from the memoir class, and is extracted for the convenience of non-users of that class.
French language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "french" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package redefines \thinspace to have a stretch component.
A package of code proposed as supporting material for memoir. The package is intended as a test bed for such code, which may in the fullness of time be adopted into the main memoir release.
Display numbers in maths mode according to ISO 31-0
The package makes a quick hack to ziffer to display numbers in maths mode according to ISO 31-0, regardless of input format (European $1.235,7$ or Anglo-American $1,235.7$). The options [euro, anglo] control the global input format. Default input format is anglo. Documentation is included as comments to the text source.
The layout design is relative straightforward (and traditional: see 'sample output' under 'documentation'); the class needs uses the Bookman and BrushScript-Italic fonts.
Provides a macro to set various margins as well as dimensions for header/footer and page dimensions. Most common paper sizes, paper orientation, disabling of headers and footers, and two sided printing are supported. The vmargin package does not rely on other packages and was designed with speed and size in mind. Its user interface might not be very fancy, but it's fast, small, and gets the job done. If you are looking for something more elaborate try the geometry package.
Documentation and extraction for packages and document classes
The class provides the functionality and implementation of packages and document classes. It is loosely based on the ydoc and ltxdoc classes, but has a number of incompatible differences. The class defines a MacroCode environment which offers an alternative to the the usual docstrip method of installing packages. It has the ability to generate both documentation and code in a single run of a single file.
Typeset exercises and solutions with automatic addition of points
This package defines the environments exercise and solution. The layout of these environments can be customized. The -- optional -- points in the exercises can be added automatically. The package also permits to hide the solutions.
Use Pygments to format code listings in documents
PygmenTeX is a Python-based LaTeX package that can be used for typesetting code listings in a LaTeX document using Pygments. Pygments is a generic syntax highlighter for general use in all kinds of software such as forum systems, wikis or other applications that need to prettify source code.
Use italic and upright greek letters with mathtime
This package is an add-on to the MathTime a style to provide TeX support for the use of the MathTime(tm) fonts (formerly distributed by YandY, Inc.). The MathTime package has uppercase Greek letters hardwired to be upright and only upright; this package provides a switch to choose between the two kinds of Greek uppercase letters.
Produces figures which text can flow around
Allows figures or tables to have text wrapped around them. Does not work in combination with list environments, but can be used in a parbox or minipage, and in twocolumn format. Supports the float package.
The package mailmerge provides an interface to produce text from a template, where fields are replaced by actual data, as in a database. The package may be used to produce several letters from a template, certificates or other such documents. It allows access to the entry number, number of entries and so on.
This package provides a changelog environment (which itself provides a version environment) to represent a changelog. The package supports multiple authors, unreleased changes, and yanked (revoked) releases. Inspired by keepachangelog.com.
Support for designing posters on large paper
Provides fonts in sizes of 12pt up to 107pt and also makes sure that in math formulas the symbols appear in the right size. Can also create a PostScript header file for dvips which ensures that the poster will be printed in the right size. Supported sizes are DIN A0, DIN A1, DIN A2 and DIN A3.
Running headers of the form "Notes to pp.xx-yy"
Endheads provides running headers of the form "Notes to pp. xx- yy" for endnotes sections. It also enables one to reset the endnotes counter, and put a line marking the chapter change in the endnotes, at the beginning of every chapter. Endheads requires the fancyhdr, needspace, ifthen, and endnotes packages.
Tool to prevent paragraph indentation after environments/macros
The package, as the name suggests, supplies tools to automatically suppress indentations in following paragraphs, specifically those following a particular macro or environment.
Lectures - A document class for quickly drafting nice looking lecture notes
This LaTeX documentclass provides a number of gimmicks to draft nice looking lecture notes, such as a number of theorem environments, automatic spacing and alignment of figures and much more. More information is available in the package readme.
Typeset invoices with automatic VAT and calculation of totals. Supports internationalization, invoices are typeset with booktabs for readability. Does not support separate projects per invoice. Can be used as a replacement for invoice in most cases.
The calculator and calculus packages define several instructions which allow us to realise algebraic operations and to evaluate elementary functions and derivatives in our documents. The package's main goal is to define the arithmetic and functional calculations need in the author's package xpicture, but the numeric abilities of "calculator" and "calculus" may be useful in other contexts.
Read an argument into a box and execute the code afterwards
The package provides the command \grabbox, which grabs an argument into a box and executes the code afterwards.
The class offers entries for assets and social networks; customizable styles are provided. The class comes with no documentation, but a worked example offers some guidance.
Increase the number of simultaneous LaTeX floats
LaTeX can, by default, only cope with 18 outstanding floats; any more, and you get the error "too many unprocessed floats". This package releases the limit; TeX itself imposes limits (which are independent of the help offered by e-TeX). However, if your floats can't be placed anywhere, extending the number of floats merely delays the arrival of the inevitable error message.
Several versions of output from the same source
This package allows to generate several versions of the same document for different audiences.
The package provides a simple, modern Beamer theme for anyone to use. It tries to minimize noise and maximize space for content.
The new \makecommand command always (re)defines a command
The package provides a \makecommand command, which is like \(re)newcommand except it always (re)defines a command. There is also \makeenvironment and \provideenvironment for environments.
The package provides the means to typeset ISBN codes with EAN- 13; it uses the (generic) package ean13.tex to typeset the actual barcode.
This package extends the cross-reference system of LaTeX2e and introduces concepts of namespace and scope. It also allows users to customize reference formats. The package is part of the WT Series.
Extracts the letters of a command's name (e.g., foo for command \foo), in a reliable way.
LaTeX support for creating association matrices
This package allows the creation of association matrices in an clear and concise fashion, without having to deal with manually generating and modifying the tables while working. All you have to do is define the rows and the columns by their unique identifier, and then specify which cells should be marked as associated. Then, the \amxgenerate command generates a table that shows in the cells with a blip (*) where the association was added. The package depends on etoolbox, forloop, ifthen, textcomp, and xparse.
Swap the definitions of two LaTeX macros
The package provides simple utility methods to swap the meaning (token expansion) of two macros by name.
A simple beamer theme using the "Nord" color theme
This package provides a simple beamer theme using the Nord color theme.
Interfaces to the CM Sans Serif Bold fonts
Thr purpose of the package is to provide an alternative interface to the CM Sans Serif boldface fonts. The EC (T1, Cork) encoded versions of the 'CM Sans Serif boldface extended' fonts differ considerably from the traditionally (OT1) encoded ones: at large sizes, >10pt, they have thinner strokes and are much wider. At 25pt they are hardly to be recognized as being 'boldface'. This package attempts to make these T1 fonts look like the traditional ones did. You do not need any new fonts; the package just changes the way LaTeX makes use of the current ones.
Arrange text on a sheet to fold into a greeting card
The package provides a simple means of producing greeting cards. It arranges four panels onto a single sheet so that when the sheet is folded twice the four panels are arranged as front cover, inside left and right pages, and back cover. It uses the textpos package for placement on the sheet and the graphicx package for the necessary rotation. The four panels are set in minipages for formatting by the user.
The command \simplechapter sets up the \chapter command not to number chapters, though they may possibly have a prefix, and a suffix (the \simplechapterdelim command, which the user may alter). The \restorechapter command restores the status quo ante.
Koma-script letter class option for Finnish
A koma-script parameter set for letters on A4 paper, complying with Finnish standards SFS 2486, 2487 and 2488; suitable for window envelopes with window on the left size in the sizes C5, C65, E5 and E65 (although, because the address window is smaller, for sizes E5 and E65 the address may not fit within the window, but ordinary 3-line address should fit).
A wall calendar class with custom layouts
This package provides a wall calendar class with custom layouts and support for internationalization. It comes with the following layouts: Full page photo, the calendar days overlaid with opacity Full page photo, the photo above the calendar days Small landscape photo, with a calendar grid Year planner Thumbnails and captions Varnish mask There is also support for loading event marks from a CSV file.
Provides environments and options for typesetting university assignments
The package provides the command \tablefootnote to be used in a table or sidewaystable environment, where \footnote will not work (and when using \footnotemark and \footnotetext, and adjusting the counter as necessary, is too much work).
Patches the endnotes package to create hypertext links to the correct anchors
The package supports the creation of hypertext links in support of the endnotes package. The package modifies the syntax of the \endnote command: \endnote*[<num>]{<text>}\label{<name>}. When the *-option is used, no endnote mark is created, but the endnote itself is written. The \label command appears at the end of the \endnote and its arguments, rather than within the argument of the <text> argument.
Calculate the age of something, in years
The package calculates the age of someone or something in years. Internally it uses the datenumber package to calculate the age in days; conversion from days to years is then performed, taking care of leap years and such odd things.
The package provides expandable extraction of information stored in labels generated with cleveref.
The package offers facilities for adding a columns of numbering to the general text so that the text can be properly referenced. The vertical ruler can be scaled and moved freely. The package may be used either with LaTeX or with plain TeX.
The main offering is a program environment; a programbox environment is available for fragments that must not break with the pages.
A collection of fragments of LaTeX code, suitable for inclusion in packages, or (possibly) in users' documents. Included are: checklab, for modifying the label checking code at \end{document}; overrightarrow, defining a doubled over-arrow macro; removefr, for removing 'reset' relations between counters; and subscript, defining a \textsubscript command.
The polynom package implements macros for manipulating polynomials, for example it can typeset long polynomial divisions. The main test case and application is the polynomial ring in one variable with rational coefficients.
The package simplifies the indexing of words using the \index command of makeidx. With the package, to index a word in a text, you only have to type it once; the package makes sure it is both typeset and indexed.
Fully scalable version of Computer Modern Math Extension font
This package provides a fully scalable version of the Computer Modern Math Extension font for curing sizing problems mainly with lmodern. It can be used when the main font of the document is Computer Modern (or European Modern, if T1 encoding is selected), or Latin Modern. It redefines the math extension font so that it becomes arbitrarily scalable, using the optical size fonts provided by the AMS together with the original cmex10 font.
Multiple columns with texts "in parallel"
The package provides yet another multi-column typesetting mechanism by which you produce multi-column (e.g., bilingual) document switching and sychronizing each corresponding part in "parallel".
Expandable iteration on comma-separated and filename lists
The bundle provides two packages: commado and filesdo. The package commado provides the command \DoWithCSL: \DoWithCSL{<cmd>}{ } applies an existing one-parameter macro <cmd> to each item in a list in which terms are separated by commas. The package filesdo provides the command \DoWithBasesExts: \DoWithBasesExts{<cmd>}{<bases>}{<exts>} which runs the single parameter command <cmd> on each file whose base and extension are respectively from the comma- separated lists <bases> and <exts>. These 'loop'-like commands are (themselves) entirely expandable. The packages rely on packages plainpkg, and stacklet
This class is designed to simplify the typesetting of problem sheets with Mathematics and Computer Science content. It is currently customised towards teaching in French (and the examples are in French).
Tabular-like environments with named columns
This package implements a variant of tabular-like environments where columns can be given a name and entries can flexibly be placed between arbitrary columns. Complex alignment-based layouts, for example for program code, are possible.
The package can help you typeset exams (mostly in mathematics and related disciplines where students are required to show their calculations followed by one or more short answers). It provides commands for inclusion of space for calculations, as well as commands for automatic creation of "answer spaces". In addition, the package will automatically create page headers and footers, and will let you include instructions and space for students to put their name.
Facilitate optional printing of parts of a document
Optional provides simple, flexible, optional compilation of LaTeX documents. Option switches may be given via package options, by the \UseOption command, or interactively via the \AskOption command (help text may be provided, by defining the \ExplainOptions command). The package is not robust, in the way that comment package is, against ill-behaved text. In particular, verbatim text may not be directly included in optional sections (whether they're included or not).
Initialize form properties using big-endian encoding
This package provides support for UTF-16BE Unicode character encoding (called a big-endian character string) for the text string type (PDF Reference, version 1.7, beginning on page 158). Text strings are used in "text annotations, bookmark names, article threads, document information, and so forth" (to partially quote page 158). The particular application is to set property values of form fields, at least those properties that take the text strings as its value. The package contains support for Basic Latin plus the ability to enter any unicode character using the notation \uXXXX, where 'XXXX' are four hex digits. The Package works for dvips/Distiller, pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, and XeLaTeX.
LaTeX code and documentation in LaTeX-format file
The CodeDoc class is an alternative to DocStrip (and others) to produce LaTeX code along with its documentation without departing from LaTeX's ordinary syntax. The documentation is prepared like any other LaTeX document and the code to be commented verbatim is simply delimited by an environment. When an option is turned on in the class options, this code is written to the desired file(s). The class also includes fully customizable verbatim environments which provide the author with separate commands to typeset the material and/or to execute it.
The package provides a command \forloop for doing iteration in LaTeX macro programming.
A modern, elegant, and versatile theme for Beamer
This package provides a modern, elegant and versatile theme for Beamer, with a high degree of customization. Trigon found its origin and inspiration in the graphical guidelines resulting from the visual identity overhaul of the University of Liege. Although directly inspired from these guidelines, the theme was stripped out of any mention or specificities related to the University and its faculties. This makes the Trigon theme perfectly suitable for many different contexts. The final product provides a modern, elegant and versatile theme with a high degree of customization. The main design focuses on triangular shapes for major layout elements and noise minimization for the main body of the work. The theme's implementation is heavily inspired from the Metropolis theme. Most options from Metropolis have been ported to Trigon in order to improve customization and ease-of-use. Trigon also includes different styles and layouts for the main title page, the section page and the default slide background.
This package stores valid LaTeX code in sequences using the l3seq module of expl3. The stored content (including verbatim) can be used as many times as desired in the document, additionally can be written to external files if desired.
Better accessibility support for PDF files
Since PDF 1.5 portions of a page can be marked for better accessibility support. For example, replacement texts or expansions of abbreviations can be provided. This package starts with providing a minimal low-level interface for programmers; its status is experimental. Support necessary for the package was added to the "distill" capabilities of Ghostscript with version 9.15 of Ghostscript; the dvips is only available with that version (or later).
Typeset exercises, problems, etc. and their answers
The package helps to typeset exercises or list of exercises within any document. Exercises, questions and sub-questions are automatically numbered. It is possible to put answers in the same document, and display them immediatly, later in the document or not to print answers at all. The layout of exercises is fully customisable. It is possible to typeset long problems, short exercises, questionnaires, etc. Usage of the babel package is detected, but not fully supported yet (only English and French are implemented).
The package multibbl redefines the standard bibliographic commands so that one can generate multiple reference sections. Each section has it own auxiliary file (for use with BibTeX) and title.
Magyar language module for glossaries package
Magyar language module for glossariesr package.
A package for multiple letters from the same basic source; the package offers parametrisation of the letters actually sent.
This package embeds files in a PDF document, using the PDF format's embedding operation (note the contrast with the attach operation used by the attachfile and attachfile2 packages). Currently only pdfTeX >=1.30, in PDF mode, is supported.
The package (COntent Oriented LaTeX) gives LaTeX the power to retain mathematical meaning of its expressions in addition to the typsetting instructions; essentially separating style from the content of the math. One advantage of keeping mathematical meaning is that conversion of LaTeX documents to other executable formats (such as Content MathML or Mathematica code) is greatly simplified. The package requires the coolstr, coollist and forloop packages.
Page organisation, modelled on CSS facilities
The package provides the means for LaTeX to implement a grid system as known from CSS grid systems. The facility is useful for creating box layouts as used in brochures.
Listofsymbols provides commands to automatically create a list of symbols (also called notation or nomenclature), and to handle symbols logically, i.e. define a macro that is expanded to the desired output and use the macro in the text rather than `hardcoding' the output into the text. This helps to ensure consistency throughout the text, especially if there is a chance that symbols will be changed at some stage. The package is more or less a combination of what the packages nomencl and formula do. The concept of creating the list of symbols, though, is different from the way nomencl.sty does it.
Embed source files into the generated PDF
The package provides a means of storing a project, without losing anything. It uses the embedfile package to attach to the generated PDF all files used in creating your project. In particular, it can embed images, external TeX files, external codes and
Makes the numbers of \section commands come out with a trailing dot. Includes a command whereby the same can be made to happen with other sectioning commands.
Nomentbl typeset nomenclatures in a longtable instead of the makeindex style of nomencl. A nomenclature entry may have three arguments: Symbol, description and physical unit.
The package offers tools for collecting and executing an environment's body.
Works around the LaTeX bug that marginpars will sometimes come out at the wrong margin.
This package catches the contents of a file and puts it in a macro. It requires e-TeX. Both LaTeX and plain TeX are supported.
A diagnostic tool for a TeX installation
Provides macros to assist evaluation of the capabilities of a TeX installation (i.e., what extensions it supports). An example document that examines the installation is available.
The package makes eqnarray environment behave like align from amsmath'. It is intended for quick-fixing documents that use eqnarray. In cases where it fails, manual conversion to align is required, but these cases should be seldom.
The \eqname command provides a name tag for the current equation, in place of an equation number. The name tag will be picked up by a subsequent \label command.
The package defines an exercice environment which numbers every exercise, and a command \get to extract a collection whose argument is a comma-separated set of exercise index numbers. While the package was designed for teachers constructing tables of exercises, it plainly has more general application.
The C.D.P. Bundle can be used to typeset high-quality business letters formatted according to Italian style conventions. It is highly configurable, and its modular structure provides you with building blocks of increasing level, by means of which you can compose a large variety of letters. It is also possible to write letters divided into sections and paragraphs, to include floating figures and tables, and to have the relevant indexes compiled automatically. A single input file can contain several letters, and each letter will have its own table of contents, etc., independant from the other ones.
Provides macros which can add a specified number of days to the current date (as specified in \today), to save, set and restore the 'current date' and to print it. Intended use is, for example, in invoices "payable within 14 days from today", etc. The package has only been tested with Czech dates.
Designed for formatting formless letters in German; can also be used for English (by those who can read the documentation). There are LaTeX 2.09 documentstyle and LaTeX 2e class files for both an 'old' and a 'new' version of g-brief.
Automates layout when using the subfigure package
Defines an array/matrix-type environment that is used with the subfigure package to automate the placement of subfigures (or tables or text). The subfigures are placed left-to-right, top- to-bottom.
The trivfloat package provides a quick method for defining new float types in LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the same style as the LaTeX kernel figure and table float types. The package works with memoir as well as the standard classes.
This package provides the \itemLabel macro for adding configurable reference labels to easylist items.
ProTeX is a simple but powerful literate programming tool, which is designed to generate useful hypertext output (either PDF, or HTML using TeX4ht).
The mciteplus LaTeX package is an enhanced reimplementation of Thorsten Ohl's mcite package which provides support for the grouping of multiple citations together as is often done in physics journals. An extensive set of features provide for other applications such as reference sublisting.
Help for writing programming language semantics
Eases the typesetting of notation of semantics and compilers. Includes T-diagrams, various derivation symbols and inference trees.
Put a grey textual watermark on document pages
The package provides a means to add a textual, light grey watermark on every page or on the first page of a document. Typical usage may consist in writing words such as DRAFT or CONFIDENTIAL across document pages. The package performs a similar function to that of draftcopy, but its implementation is output device independent, and made very simple by relying on everypage.
Heiko Oberdiek's hobsub package (and hobsub-hyperref and hobsub-generic packages) defined a mechanism for concatenating multiple files into a single file for faster loading. The disadvantage is that it introduces hard dependencies between the source files that are included and complicates distribution and updates. It was principally used with hyperref but is not currently used in any standard packages in TeX Live. The packages are still distributed as simple stubs that reference the included packages via \RequirePackage rather than copying their source. The documented source of the original packages is available at github, but is not distributed to CTAN.
An article-based class designed for use for documentation in high-technology companies.
Save name of the footnote mark for reuse
Sometimes the same footnote applies to more than one location in a table. With this package the mark of a footnote can be saved into a name, and re-used subsequently without creating another footnote at the bottom.
Import and export values of LaTeX registers
The package allows the user to export/import the values of LaTeX registers (counters, rigid and rubber lengths only). It is not for faint-hearted users. The package may be used, for example, to communicate between documents for the purposes of dvipaste.
Each style can be modified using a set of simple commands. Optionally one can modify the formatting routines in order to create additional chapter headings. This package was previously known as FancyChapter.
The package is for printing two pages on a single (landscape) A4 page. Page numbers appear on the included pages, and not on the landscape 'container' page.
The package offers a modification of the tabular environment, which deals with the problem of column heads that are significantly wider than the body of the column.
The package extends longnamefilelist, keeping separate columns for date, version and "caption" (the caption now separately listed). Alignment is not disturbed by short file name extensions, such as ".fd". The package is not compatible with longnamefilelist: users need to re-read the documentation.
Typeset maps and blocks according to the Information Mapping method
The Information Mapping method provides a methodology for structuring and presenting information. It claims to be useful for readers who are more concerned about finding the right information than reading the document as a whole. Thus short, highly structured, and context free pieces of information are used. A LaTeX style and a LaTeX class are provided. The style contains definitions to typeset maps and blocks according to the Information Mapping method. The class provides all definitions to typeset a whole document.
This package provides macros for processing a csv spreadsheet file with a minimum of configuration for the csv file. The first row names the columns and the remaining rows are data. This data can be merged with TeX code residing in an auxiliary file and the process repeated for each data row. There is one macro to set things up, one to extract the data, and one to tell if the field is empty or not. The documentation contains examples.
Typeset EAN barcodes using TeX rules, only
The (LaTeX 3) package typesets EAN-8 and EAN-13 barcodes, using the facilities of the rule-D package.
Allows you to write "\Level 2 {Some heading}" instead of the usual \section stuff; the definitions of the levels can then easily be changed. There is a mechanism for shifting all levels. This makes it easy to bundle existing articles into a compilation.
serbian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "serbian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
An experimental package which implements an environment, blockarray, that may be used in the same way as the array or tabular environments of standard LaTeX, or their extended versions defined in array. If used in math-mode, blockarray acts like array, otherwise it acts like tabular. The package implements a new method of defining column types, and also block and block* environments, for specifying sub-arrays of the main array. What's more, the \footnote command works inside a blockarray.
A minimalist presentation theme for LaTeX Beamer
A presentation theme for LaTeX Beamer that aims at a clean and minimalist design, so to minimize distractions and put the focus directly on the content.
This package can disable all hyphenation or enable hyphenation of non-alphabetics or monospaced fonts. The package can also enable hyphenation within 'words' that contain non-alphabetic characters (e.g., that include underscores), and hyphenation of text typeset in monospaced (e.g., cmtt) fonts.
A small package to set arbitrary sizes for the main font of the document
The package allows you to set arbitrary sizes for the main font of the document, through the fontsize=<size> option.
This package provides enhanced theorem and proof environments based on the amsthm original versions. It allows for hooks to be placed, adds some default goodies and is highly customizable. In particular, it can connect theorems to proofs, automatically producing text such as "See proof on page XYZ" and "Proof of Theorem 4: ...".
Coursepaper is a class with which students can provide simple course papers, in a uniform design to ease the task of marking.
Typeset sets of pages upside-down and backwards
The rotpages package allows you to format documents where small sets of pages are rotated by 180 degrees and rearranged, so that they can be read by turning the printed copy upside-down. It was developed for collecting exercises and solutions: using the package, you can print the exercise text normally and the solutions rotated.
A LaTeX2e package to help change the style of any or all of LaTeX's sectional headers in the article, book, or report classes. Examples include the addition of rules above or below a section title.
Typesetting pretty tables of signs and variations according to French usage
This is a complete and easy-to-use package for typesetting pretty tables of signs and variations according to French usage. The syntax is similar to that of the array environment and uses intuitive position commands. Arrows are drawn automatically (using PSTricks by default or TikZ as an option). Macros are provided for drawing twin bars, single bars crossing the zeros, areas where the function is not defined, or placing special values. Several features of the variation tables can be customized.
Xtab is an extended and somewhat improved version of supertabular; its xtabular environment provides tables that break across pages.
Re-usable tables separating content and presentation
The main goal of the keyvaltable package is to offer means for typesetting tables easily and yet still looking rather nicely in a way that separates content from presentation and with re- usable layout for tables of the same type. For this purpose, the package provides the environment KeyValTable, which allows one to typeset tables that have a previously defined column layout and whose rows can be produced in a key-value fashion.
The package provides a macro to typeset quotations, using the command \say{stuff}. The quotation mark glyphs are inserted by the macro; nested quotations are detected.
The package defines a command \plant, which has three mandatory and seven optional argument. The package uses the labels
The package offers enhancements for theorem-like environments: easier control of layout; proper placement of endmarks even when the environment ends with \end{enumerate} or \end{displaymath} (including support for amsmath displayed- equation environments); and support for making a list of theorems, analagous to \listoffigures.
Sometimes it is necessary to be able to refer to subexpressions of an equation. In order to do that these subexpressions should be numbered. In standard LaTeX there is no provision for this. To solve this problem Stephen Gildea once wrote subeqn.sty for LaTeX 2.09; Donald Arsenau rewrote the macros and Johannes Braams made them available for LaTeX2e. Note that this package is not compatible with the package subeqnarray (written by Johannes Braams), but it can be used together with the LaTeX class options leqno and fleqn.
Facilitates mass-mailing of postcards (junkmail)
A modification of the standard LaTeX letter class which prints multiple, pre-stamped, 5.5" by 3.5" postcards (a US standard size) via the envlab and mailing packages. An address database is employed to address the front side of each postcard and a message is printed on the back side of all. An illustrative example is provided.
A package for creating a curriculum vitae
The package is distributed with two example files; they (and their formatted output) constitute the only real documentation. Note that cv is just a package: you choose the overall formatting by deciding which class to use, while the package provides the detailed formatting.
A jiffy file (taken from fancybox) for placing a frame around a box of text. The macros also provide for typesetting an empty box of given dimensions.
Defines a \FloatBarrier command, beyond which floats may not pass; useful, for example, to ensure all floats for a section appear before the next \section command.
The package defines macros using SS to type greek letters. so that the user may (for example) type SSa to get the effect of $\alpha$.
Configurable index layout, responsive to KOMA-Script and memoir
The idxlayout package offers a key-value interface to configure index layout parameters, e.g. allowing for three-column indexes or for "parent" items and their affiliated subitems being typeset as a single paragraph. The package is responsive to the index-related options and commands of the KOMA-Script and memoir classes.
The package provides macros for typesetting basic arithmetic, in the style typically found in textbooks. It focuses on the American style of performing these algorithms. It is written mostly in low-level TeX, with the goal that it should run in either plain TeX or LaTeX, but there are two constructions that currently prevent this. It is highly configurable, with macros and lengths described in the documentation.
This package may be used to define the last point where some code shall be executed. Its provides a package name for use in package-placing commands from the author's templatetools. Usage examples are provided in the documentation.
Calculate formulas in a tabular environment
Given a list of numbers and one (or more) formulas, the package offers an easy syntax to build a table of values, i.e., a tabular in which the first row contains the list of numbers, and the other rows contain the calculated values of the formulas for each number of the list. The table may be built either horizontally or vertically and is fully customizable.
Allow verbatim, etc., in macro arguments
The package defines the macro \cprotect that makes a following macro proof against verbatim in its argument; as, for example, \cprotect\section{\verb"foo"} A similar macro \cprotEnv (applied to the \begin of an environment) sanitises the behavior of fragile environments. Moving arguments, and corresponding "tables of ..." work happily.
Margin adjustment and detection of odd/even pages
The package provides commands to change the page layout in the middle of a document, and to robustly check for typesetting on odd or even pages. Instructions for use are at the end of the file. The package is an extraction of code from the memoir class, whose user interface it shares. It is intended the this package will eventually replace the chngpage package, which is distributed with the package.
Creates a list of all labels used throughout a document
The package aims to help a LaTeX author to keep track of all defined labels by typesetting a complete list of labels wherever the author requests it. (Of course, the user may need to have additional LaTeX runs to get the references right. ) This package is based on an answer David Carlisle gave on TeX/Stackexchange in the thread 'List of all labels with hyperlinks'.
Provide file name and path of input files
The package provides macros holding file name information (directory, base name, extension, full name and full path) for files read by LaTeX \input and \include macros; it uses the file hooks provided by the author's filehook. In particular, it restores the parent file name after the trailing \clearpage of an \included file; as a result, the macros may be usefully employed in the page header and footer of the last printed page of such a file. The depth of inclusion is made available, together with the "parent" (including file) and "parents" (all including files to the root of the tree). The package supersedes FiNK.
Giving meaning to various Unicode space characters
LaTeX package that gives meaning to various Unicode space characters.
The package provides two environments called filecontentsdef and filecontentshere. They are derived from the LaTeX filecontents environment as provided by Scott Pakin's filecontents package. In addition to the file creation they either store the (verbatim) contents in a macro (filecontentsdef) or typeset them (verbatim) on the spot (filecontentshere). The author developed the package to display TeX code verbatim in documentation and the same time produce the corresponding files during the LaTeX run in order to embed them in the PDF as file attachment annotations (by using Scott Pakin's package attachfile).
A LaTeX package for maintaining multiple translations of a document
Maintaining a LaTeX document with translations for multiple languages can be cumbersome and error-prone. This package provides a set of macros for defining macros and environments as wrappers around existing macros and environments. These wrappers allow one to clearly specify multiple translations for the arguments to the wrapped macros and environments while only the translation of the document's language is actually shown. Choosing a translation then is as simple as choosing the document's language via babel or polyglossia.
The package is intended for commented editions. An example of commented edition is a teacher's book based on a student's textbook. Each page of a teacher's book is a page from the textbook and comments for the teacher. This package was commissioned by Instituto de Matematica Pura e Aplicada ( IMPA)
This package lets you customize the appearance of the vertical rule that appears between columns of multicolumn text. It is primarily intended to work with the multicol package, hence its name, but also supports the twocolumn option and \twocolumn macro provided by the standard classes (and related classes such as the KOMA-Script equivalents). The package depends on expl3 and xparse.
A testing and building system for (La)TeX
The build system supports testing and building LaTeX3 code, on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows systems. The package offers: A unit testing system for (La)TeX code (whether kernel code or contributed packages); A system for typesetting package documentation; and An automated process for creating CTAN releases.
The package provides commands for typesetting a CV or resume. It provides commands for general-purpose headings, entries, and item/description pairs, as well as more specific commands for formatting sections, with explicit inclusion of school, degree, employer, job, conference, and publications entries. It tends to produce a somewhat long and quite detailed document but may also be suitable to support a shorter resume. The package relies on a 'sufficiently recent' copy of the l3kernel and l3packages bundles.
Automatically compute headlength for fancyhdr package
The package automatically computes headlength for the fancyhdr package
The package allows the user to declare single object or array containers.
This class allows LaTeX users to create a paperTeX newspaper. The final document has a front page and as many inner pages as desired. News items appear one after another and the user can choose the number of columns, style and so on. The class allows users to create newsletters too.
A bundle of miscellaneous footnote packages
Contains three packages: - pfnote to number footnotes per page; - fnpos to control the position of footnotes; and - dblfnote to make footnotes double-columned.
The doc package provides LaTeX developers with means to describe the usage and the definition of new macros and environments. However, there is no simple way to extend this functionality to other items (options or counters, for instance). The DoX package is designed to circumvent this limitation.
A package to draw diagonal lines ("cancelling" a term) and arrows with limits (cancelling a term "to a value") through parts of maths formulae.
e-TeX showbox facilities for exploration purposes
The command \logbox does \showbox without stopping the compilation. The package's main command is \viewbox*: the box is typeset (copied) with its dimensions, and its contents are logged in the .log file.
Marking things to do in a LaTeX document
The package lets the user mark things to do later, in a simple and visually appealing way. The package takes several options to enable customization/finetuning of the visual appearance.
Access and compare info and modification dates
The package provides basic access to the date of a LaTeX source file according to its \Provides... entry (the "info date") as well as to its modification date according to \pdffilemoddate if the latter is available.
The package was a predecessor of longtable; the newer package (designed on quite different principles) is easier to use and more flexible, in many cases, but supertabular retains its usefulness in a few situations where longtable has problems.
Create forms containing field for manual entry
When typesetting forms there often arises the need for defining fields which consist of one or more lines where the customer can write something down manually. This package offers some commands for defining such fields in a distinctive way.
This is a LaTeX package for drawing rulers around a box. This might be useful when showing the absolute size of something in electronic documents, or designating the relative scale in printed materials.
LaTeX-relevant log information for debugging
The package logs LaTeX's progress through the file, making the LaTeX output more verbose. This helps to make LaTeX debugging easier, as it is simpler to find where exactly LaTeX failed. The package outputs the typesetting of section, subsection and subsubsection headers and (if amsmath is loaded) details of the align environment.
The package provides a command to convert a length to any of a large selection of units. The package relies on the LaTeX 3 programming environment.
Quote verbatim text without white space formatting
This package provides an environment for displaying block text with special characters, such as verbatim quotes from a referee report which may contain pseudo-(La)TeX code. This behaves like a verbatim environment, except that it displays its content as normal paragraph content, ignoring any white space preformatting.
Add special material to footer of title page
Provides the capability of adding keywords (with a \keywords command), a running title (\runningtitle), AMS subject classifications (\amssubj), and an 'author's footnote' as footnotes to the title or first page of a document. Works with any class for which the \thanks macro works (e.g., article).
Provides commands to disable pagebreaking within a given vertical space. If there is not enough space between the command and the bottom of the page, a new page will be started.
The package defines means of drawing frames around boxes, using dingbat fonts. Some (Metafont) font sources are included; the fonts are available separately in Type 1 format.
Miscellaneous macros used by others of the author's packages. Contents of the package: \newgif and other globals; \@ifnextcat and \@ifXeTeX; \(Re)storeMacro(s) to override redefinitions; \afterfi and friends; commands from relsize, etc.; "almost an environment" or redefinition of \begin (\begin* doesn't check if the argument environment is defined).
Saves the arguments of \author and \title for reference (after \maketitle) in a document. (\maketitle simply disposes of the information, in the standard classes and some others.)
The CD-cover class will typeset front and back cover sheets for CD jewel cases, or an entire paper cover, or a label for a plastic slip-cover.
The package provides the commands \blindtext and \Blindtext for creating 'blind' text useful in testing new classes and packages, and \blinddocument, \Blinddocument for creating an entire random document with sections, lists, mathematics, etc. The package supports three languages, english, (n)german and latin; the latin option provides a short "lorem ipsum" (for a fuller lorem ipsum text, see the lipsum package).
Select colors with proper WCAG color contrast
This package carefully selects and defines 9 colors for 13 hues each. All colors with the same suffix number have equal luminance level. Also the color black is of level 0, and the color white is of level 10. By simply choosing two colors in the above list, which differ in level by at least 5, as foreground and background colors, you will get proper WCAG Color Contrast.
Portuguese language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "portuges" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
German language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "german" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package provides the means to create exercises or questions and their corresponding solutions. The questions may be divided into classes and/or topics and may be printed selectively. Meta- data to questions can be added and recovered. The solutions may be printed where they are, or collected and printed at a later point in the document all together, section-wise or selectively by ID. The package provides the means to selectively include questions from an external file, and to control the style of headings of both questions and solutions.
Provides a \special insertion into generated .dvi files allowing one to jump from the .dvi file to the .tex source and back again (given a .dvi viewer that supports this, such as Yap or xdvi version 22.38 or later). This was originally written by Aleksander Simonic, the author of the WinEdt shell.
The package provides a basic framework to cite classic works (specially from authors such as Homer, Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Hume, and Kant) in accordance with traditional pagination systems. It may be used in conjunction with other citation packages.
Defines a command \captionof for putting a caption to something that's not a float. Note that the caption package includes a \captionof command that is an extension of that provided by this package.
Tools for experimenting with tagging using pdfLaTeX and LuaLaTeX
The package offers tools to experiment with tagging and accessibility using pdfLaTeX and LuaTeX. It isn't meant for production but allows the user to try out how difficult it is to tag some structures; to try out how much tagging is really needed; to test what else is needed so that a pdf works e.g. with a screen reader. Its goal is to get a feeling for what has to be done, which kernel changes are needed, how packages should be adapted.
The class allows formatting of meeting minutes using \section commands (which provide hierarchical structure). An agenda can also be produced for distribution prior to the meeting, with user-selected portions suppressed from printing.
Define a \makebox* command that does the same as a \makebox command, except that the width is given by a sample text instead of an explicit length measure.
A list-driven CV class, allowing TikZ decorations
The class provides a set of functionality for writing "curriculum vitae" with different layouts. The idea is that a user can write some custom configuration directives, by means of which is possible both to produce different c.v. layouts and quickly switch among them. In order to process such directives, the class uses a set of lists, provided by the package etextools. Basic support for using TikZ decorations is also provided.
The package provides extended macros for the default \hrulefill command. It allows modification of the width and the colour of the line.
Extends the doc package to cater for documenting non-LaTeX code, such as Metafont or Metapost, or other programming languages.
A class for book covers and dust jackets
This class helps typesetting book covers and dust jackets.
"NPBT" stands for "Norman's Pandoc Beamer Themes". Currently the following themes are supported: Sefiroth Consulting: A private (demonstration) theme. FOM: The layout of Hochschule FOM. FOM ifes: The layout of Hochschule FOM, Institut fur Empirie & Statistik. eufom: The layout of eufom.
Margin annotation for collaborative writing
The package provides a flexible mechanism for annotating, and commenting upon, collaboratively-written documents.
Framed minipages of a specified total width (text and frame combined)
The package essentially just wraps a minipage within an \fbox. However, while \fbox{\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}...\end{minipage}} juts out into the margin, \begin{boxedminipage}...\end{boxedminipage} does not. Instead, it subtracts the frame's dimensions from the specified dimensions of the minipage before typesetting the minipage. Note: The package was formerly known as boxedminipage2e and now replaces Mario Wolczko's earlier boxedminipage package.
Defines a command \pbox{<max width>}{<text>} which adjusts its width to that of the enclosed text, up to the maximum width given. The package also defines some associated length commands.
The package provides a command \inlineimg to dynamically create a file containing the inline image in base64 format, which is decoded and included in the source file. Requirements LaTeX must be run with option --shell-escape. Program base64.
Graph paper backgrounds and color schemes
This package provides many preset yet customizable graph paper backgrounds. Some of the preset patterns include standard quadrille or graph pattern, dot grid, hexagons, isometric or triangular grid, squares with 45deg "light cone" lines, ruled, and more. Pattern sizes can be controlled via package options. There are several preset color palletes, and colors can be overridden. The package uses the PGF/TikZ package, and the geometry package to control page size.
Produce 'gray hints' to a variable text field
The package provides JavaScript code snippets to create 'gray hints'. Gray hints, as the author terms them, are text that appears initially in a text field that gives a short hint as to what the contents of the text field should be. For example, a text field might contain the hint 'First Name', or a date field might read 'yyyy/mm/dd'. As soon as the field comes into focus, the hint disappears. It reappears when the field is blurred and the user did not enter any text into the field. The package works for dvips/Distiller, pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, and XeLaTeX.
Generate problem sheets and their solution sheets
The package is designed for lecturers who have to generate new problem sheets for their students on a regular basis (e.g. yearly) by randomly selecting a specified number of problems defined in another file. The package allows you easily to generate a new problem sheet that is different from the previous year, thus alleviating the temptation of students to seek out the previous year's students and checking out their answers. The solutions to the problems can be defined along with the problem, making it easy to generate the solution sheet from the same source code; problems may be reused within a document, so that solutions may appear in a different section of the same document as the problems they cover.
The package provides commands (\underline, \dotuline and \dashuline) each of which underlines its argument with one of the styles the package is capable of. A phantom mode is provided, where the underline (of whatever form) can serve for a 'fill-in block' for student evaluation sheets.
This package provides a useful macro to manage widow lines.
This package supports the spelling of cardinal and ordinal numbers. Supported languages are English, French, German, Hungarian, and Italian. The package requires xstring, pdftexcmds, and etoolbox.
The package provides horizontal bar charts, drawn using TikZ on a numeric X-axis. The focus of the package is simplicity and aesthetics.
Warn whenever a float is placed "to far away"
The package checks for floats that are placed too far from their origin. It was motivated by a question on the question and answer page.
Tabulators and space between paragraphs in galley approach
The LaTeX package paravesp controls the spaces above and below paragraphs. The python script parades.py generates paragraph styles with support of space above, space below and tabulators. The system imposes the galley approach on the document.
Track the number of subsections etc. that occur in a specified tracklevel
This package is the successor of cntperchap and allows to provide more tracklevels than just only one.
This package extends the ifthen package by implementing new commands to go within the first argument of \ifthenelse: to test whether a string is void or not, if a command is defined or equivalent to another. The package also enables use of complex expressions as introduced by the package calc, together with the ability of defining new commands to handle complex tests. The package requires e-TeX features.
Typeset a LaTeX2e document with the Concrete fonts designed by Don Knuth and used in his book "Concrete Mathematics".
The package defines a pair of commands \infer and \deduce, that are used in constructing LK proof diagrams.
Generic ISO standards typesetting macros
Generic class and package files for typesetting ISO International Standard documents. Several standard documents have been printed by ISO from camera-ready copy prepared using LaTeX and these files. The class makes use of the isorot package, rather than use other mechanisms directly.
swedish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "swedish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
A LaTeX package to remove or suppress pdf meta-data
Creating pdfs with pdfLaTeX populates several pdf meta-data fields such as date/time of creation/modification, information about the LaTeX installation (e.g., pdfTeX version), and the relative paths of included pdfs. The pdfprivacy package provides support for emptying several of these pdf meta-data fields as well as suppressing some pdfTeX meta-data entries in the resulting pdf.
LaTeX and BibTeX style files for a respectably close approximation to APA (American Psychological Association) citation and reference style.
The package provides a mechanism for sorting arrays (or portions of them); the arrays should have been created using the arrayjobx package.
Write your articles in a simple and clear way
This package provides a LaTeX class for typesetting articles with a simple and clear design. Currently, it has native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese and Russian typesetting. It compiles with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This is part of the minimalist class series and depends on minimalist.sty from the minimalist package. The package name "einfart" is taken from the German word "einfach" ("simple"), combined with the first three letters of "Artikel" ("article").
Repeat items in an index after a page or column break
This Package repeats item of an index if a page or column break occurs within a list of subitems. This helps to find out to which main item a subitem belongs.
The package allows the user to manually markup changes of text, such as additions, deletions, or replacements. Changed text is shown in a different colour; deleted text is crossed out. The package allows definition of additional authors and their associated colour. It also allows you to define a markup for authors or annotations. A bash script is provided for removing the changes.
This bundle provides a class examdesign. The class provides several features useful for designing tests or question sets: it allows for explicit markup of questions and answers; the class will, at the user's request, automatically generate answer keys; multiple versions of the same test can be generated automatically, with the ordering of questions within each section randomly permuted so as to minimize cheating; the generated answer keys can be constructed either with or without the questions included; environments are provided to assist in constructing the most common types of test question: matching, true/false, multiple-choice, fill-in-the-blank, and short answer/essay questions.
This package simplifies the calling of Dimensionless Numbers in math or text mode.
A configurable class for writing press releases.
polish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "polish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Exceltex is a LaTeX package combined with a helper program written in Perl. It provides an easy to use yet powerfull and flexible way to get data from Spreadsheets into LaTeX. In contrast to other solutions, exceltex does not seek to make the creation of tables in LaTeX easier, but to get data from Spreadsheets into LaTeX as easily as possible. The Excel (TM) file format only acts as an interface between the spreadsheet application and exceltex beacause it is easily accessible (via the Spreadsheet::ParseExcel Perl module) and because most spreadsheet applications are able to read and write Excel files.
Change the layout of individual pages and their text
The package is an extension of the changepage package to permit the user to change the layout of individual pages and their texts.
Tune the output format of dates according to language
This package provides ten output formats of the commands \today, \printdate, \printdateTeX, and \daterange (partly language dependent). Formats available are: ISO (yyyy-mm-dd), numeric (e.g. dd.\,mm.~yyyy), short (e.g. dd.\,mm.\,yy), TeX (yyyy/mm/dd), original (e.g. dd. mmm yyyy), short original (e.g. dd. mmm yy), as well as numerical formats with Roman numerals for the month. The commands \printdate and \printdateTeX print any date. The command \daterange prints a date range and leaves out unnecessary year or month entries. This package supports German (old and new rules), Austrian, US English, British English, French, Danish, Swedish, and Norwegian.
The calctab package helps the user to typeset a kind of economic table such as invoices, expense notes and liquidation, or other tabular material with a values column. The code computes sum and percentage with floating point numeric methods (using the fltpoint package) and builds the render table task.
A replacement for LaTeX's verbatim package
This package provides a LaTeX environment listing, an alternative to the built-in verbatim environment. The listing environment is tailored for including listings of computer program source code into documents. The main advantages over the original verbatim environment are: environments automatically fixes leading whitespace so that the environment and program listing can be indented with the rest of the document source, and; listing environments may easily be customised and extended.
Support for American Chemical Society journal submissions
The bundle provides the official macros (achemso.cls) and BibTeX styles (achemso.bst and biochem.bst) for submission to the journals of the American Chemical Society. The natmove package, which moves citations relative to punctuation, is distributed as part of the bundle.
The package combines the use of soul with the savepos mechanism of current pdfTeX so that the user can create (almost) arbitrary underlining and similar "decorations", including rules, leaders and even pictures (pgf, pstricks, etc.). Unlike soul underlines, which are built by repeating small elements, here each chunk of text to be underlined is a single element.
Create tabular cells spanning multiple rows
The package has a lot of flexibility, including an option for specifying an entry at the "natural" width of its text. The package is distributed with the bigdelim and bigstrut packages, which can be used to advantage with \multirow cells.
The FlashCards class provides for the typesetting of flash cards. By flash card, we mean a two sided card which has a prompt or a question on one side and the response or the answer on the flip (back) side. Flash cards come in many sizes depending on the nature of the information they contain.
The bundle provides a class and style file for typesetting "Die TeXnische Komodie" -- the communications of the German TeX Users Group DANTE e.V. The arrangement means that the class may be used by article writers to typeset a single article as well as to produce the complete journal.
The package provides automatic hyperlinks for URIs of type arXiv, ASIN, DOI, HDL, NBN, PubMed, OID, TINY, TINY with preview, and XMPP and provides commands \citeurl, \mailto, \ukoeln and \uref.
Expandable \@testopt (and related) macros
The package provides an expandable variant of the LaTeX kernel command \@testopt, named \@expandable@testopt, and a more general \@expandable@ifopt, both intended for package writers. Also we have a variant of \newcommand which uses these macros to check for optional arguments.
Creation and management of university course material
The jslectureplanner package facilitates the generation and management of university course material. It provides an interface to set up and access centralized course data that can be reused in all course documents. Furthermore, the package is able to calculate the session dates of a whole semester and generate course programs, if the course is held weekly and the date of the first lecture is specified. Moreover, the package can be used to generate a sectioned course bibliography via biblatex.
A modern interface for the Euler math fonts
This package provides the "eulerpx" font, which started as a hybrid of multiple other font packages, notably eulervm and newpxmath. Its purpose is twofold: To use the eulervm symbols for greek and latin, but the newpxmath font for braces and brackets, and the text font for digits and operators; and to make it easy to change between a sans and a serif font for the digits and operators so that the font can be used seamlessly in documents using both. This package was put together with the intent to use it with the Palatino and Optima fonts, but it may work with other combinations, too.
Hebrew language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "hebrew" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package enables you to embed Python code in LaTeX, and insert the script's output in the document.
An advanced letter document class which extends LaTeX's usual letter class, providing support for building your own letterhead and marking fold points for window envelopes. Options supported by the package include: letterpaper for US letter; a4offset for a modified A4 layout suitable for platic binders that cover a part of the left margin. The class's handling of dates has inspired an extended version of date- handling in the isodate package. The class supersedes an earlier class called myletter.
Lower Sorbian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "lsorbian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Consolidated environment for displayed text
As an alternative to the LaTeX standard environments quotation and quote, the package provides a consolidated environment for displayed text. First-line indentation may be activated by adding a blank line before the quoting environment. A key-value interface (using kvoptions) allows the user to configure font properties and spacing and to control orphans within and after the environment.
Create text frames for posters, brochures or magazines
The flowfram package enables you to create frames in a document such that the contents of the document environment flow from one frame to the next in the order in which they were defined. This is useful for creating posters or magazines, indeed any form of document that does not conform to the standard one or two column layout.
This LaTeX package can be used for typesetting simple restaurant menus.
Thesis class and template for Masaryk University (Brno, Czech Republic)
A document class for the typesetting of theses at the Masaryk University (Brno, Czech Republic). The class has been designed for easy extensibility by style and locale files of other academic institutions.
A package for producing multiple indexes
The package enables the user to produce and typeset one or more indexes simultaneously with a document. The package is known to work in LaTeX documents processed with pdflatex, xelatatex and lualatex. If makeindex is used for processing the index entries, no particular setting up is needed when TeX Live is used. Using xindy or other programs it is necessary to enable shell escape; shell escape is also needed if splitindex is used.
Print various kinds 2/5 and Code 39 bar codes
The package contains macros for printing various 2/5 bar codes and Code 39 bar codes. The macros do not use fonts but create the bar codes directly using vertical rules. It is therefore possible to vary width to height ratio, ratio of thin and thick bars. The package is therefore convenient for printing ITF bar codes as well as bar codes for identification labels for HP storage media.
The package introduces a command \shadowtext, which adds a drop shadow to the text that is given as its argument. The colour and positioning of the shadow are customisable.
The flacards class provides an easy interface to produce flashcards. It will print several cards per page, on both sides of the paper.
An 8-Bit Microcontroller Simulator written in LaTeX
A fully working package to simulate a Microprocessor in pure LaTeX. The simulator is able to calculate complex pictures, like Mandelbrot sets.
Typeset recipes with the ingredients lined up with their method step (somewhat similarly to the layout used in cooking).
E-TeX provides 32 768 mark registers; using this facility is far more comfortable than LaTeX tricks with \markright, \markboth, \leftmark and \rightmark. The package provides two commands for marking: \marksthe and \marksthecs, which have * forms which disable expansion; new mark registers are allocated as needed. Syntax is closely modelled on the \marks primitive. Four commands are provided for retrieving the marks registers' content: \thefirstmarks, \thebotmarks, thetopmarks and \getthemarks; and the command \ifmarksequal is available for comparing the content of marks registers. The package requires an e-TeX-enabled engine, and the etex package.
The package loads properties (key, value) from a properties file, e.g. \jobname.properties.
The mft program pretty-prints Metafont source code into a TeX file. The mftinc package facilitates incorporating such files into a LaTeX2e document. In addition, mftinc provides routines for improved comment formatting and for typesetting font tables.
Defines environments called SCfigure and SCtable (analogous to figure and table) to typeset captions sideways. Options include outercaption, innercaption, leftcaption and rightcaption.
Irish language module for glossaries package
Irish language module for glossariesr package.
Creating and managing exercises, and reusing them as composed sets
This package makes it easier to maintain and edit your exercise sets. Exercises are saved as separate files containing part problems. These files can be used to make sets, and you can cherry-pick or exclude certain part problems as you see fit.
The package provides a way to number constants in a mathematical proof automatically, with a system for labelling/referencing. In addition, several families of constants (with different symbols) may be defined.
russian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "russian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
This package provides fancy separators, which are visual cues that indicate a change of subject or context without actually starting a new chapter or section.
Typeset books following classical design and layout
The octavo class is a modification of the standard LaTeX book class. Its purpose is to typeset books following classical design and layout principles, with the express intention of encouraging the making of beautiful books by anyone with access to a good printer and with an inclination towards venerable crafts, e.g., bookbinding. The octavo class differs from the book class by implementing many of the proposals and insights of respected experts, especially Jan Tschichold and Hugh Williamson. The documentation discusses methods to organise and print out any text into signatures, which can then be gathered, folded and sewn into a book.
Support for putting documents under a license
This package allows you to put your document under a license and include a link to read about the license or include an icon or image of the license. Currently, only Creative Commons is supported, but this package is designed to handle all kinds of licenses.
Replace figures with a white box and additional features.
With this package you can control the outcome of a figure which is set to draft and modify the display with various options.
The gauss package provides configurable tools for producing row and column operations on matrices (a.k.a. Gaussian operations).
This package allows to draw an URL as a QR code into the margin of a one- or twosided document. The following packages are loaded by default: qrcode, marginnote, url, xcolor and xkeyval.
The lstfiracode package defines FiraCodeStyle for the use with the listings package. This style contains almost all ligatures in Nikita Prokopov's Fira Code family of fonts.
The package provides additional features for the LaTeX description environment, including adjustable left margin. The package also allows the user to 'break' a list (for example, to interpose a comment) without affecting the structure of the list (this works for itemize and eumerate lists and numbered lists remain in sequence).
A lightweight and robust key-value parser
The package provides lightweight and robust facilities for creating and managing keys. Its machinery isn't as extensive as that of, e.g., the ltxkeys package, but it is equally robust; ease of use and speed of processing are the design aims of the package.
The float package provides commands to define new floats of various styles (plain, boxed, ruled, and userdefined ones); the rotating package provides new environments (sidewaysfigure and sidewaystable) which are rotated by 90 or 270 degrees. But what about new rotated floats, e.g. a rotated ruled one? This package makes this possible; it builds a bridge between the two packages and extends the commands from the float package to define rotated versions of the new floats, too.
Position decorations over and under expressions
The package overcomes TeX's inherent limitations in commands that place decorations (such as braces) at arbirary positions over and under expressions, overlapping as necessary.
Place thumb marks in books, manuals and reference maunals.
Manage footnote marks' interaction with punctuation
The package moves footnote marks after following punctuation (comma or full stop), and adjusts kerning as appropriate. As a side effect, a change to the handling of multiple footnotes is provided.
Defines an outline environment, which allows outline-style indented lists with freely mixed levels up to four levels deep. It replaces the nested begin/end pairs by different item tags \1 to \4 for each nesting level. This is very convenient in cases where nested lists are used a lot, such as for to-do lists or presentation slides.
Using a color stack for transparency with pdfTeX
Since version 1.40 pdfTeX supports several color stacks; the package uses a separate colour stack for control of transparency (which is not, of course, a colour).
The package helps to enables grid typesetting in double column documents. Grid typesetting (vertical aligning of lines of text in adjacent columns) is a difficult task in LaTeX, and the present package is no more than an attempt to help users to achieve it in a limited way. An example document, grid.tex, is provided with simple instructions to typeset it using the package. The package needs a lot more work: this is only a beginning...
The class provides a variant of the LaTeX standard slides class, in which the user may add headers and footers to the slide.
The package overlays a grid (whose spacing is \baselineskip, which offers guidlines for considering the "rhythm" of the document on the page.
This package provides a way to typeset LaTeX source code and the related result in the same document.
Lists are defined as a sequence of tokens separated by a comma. The coollist package allows the user to access certain elements of the list while neglecting others--essentially turning lists into a sort of array. List elements are accessed by specifying the position of the object within the list (the index of the item).
Perl script to help generate dtx and ins files
The makedtx bundle is provided to help LaTeX2e developers to write the code and documentation in separate files, and then combine them into a single .dtx file for distribution. It automatically generates the character table, and also writes the associated installation (.ins) script.
Norsk language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "norsk" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Sophisticated graphics inclusion in a PDF document
The package provides tools for including graphics at the full size of the output medium, or for creating "pages" whose size is that of the graphic they contain. A principal use case is documents that require inclusion of (potentially many) scans or photographs. Bookmarking is especially supported. The tool box has basic macros and a 'convenience' user interface that wraps \includegraphics.
Having lost the overview of my DVD archives, I simply could not remember if I already recorded the documentary running on TV that day. I chose to recreate the index using LaTeX: the design aim was a hyperlinked and fully searchable PDF-document, listing my DVDs with all titles, lengths and so on. Further requirements were support for seasons of tv series and a list with all faulty or missing programs for rerecording. The dvdcoll class supports all these requirements. dvdcoll.cls follows the structure <number> <length>. As a result, the class is not limited to DVDs--you can of course typeset archives of CD-ROMs, Audio-CDs and so on. Supported languages at the moment: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish. Some help is needed for other languages!
Knuth designed his original fonts with tabular figures (figures whose width is uniform); this makes some layout problems rather simple. In more recent times, fonts (such as Minion Pro), which offer proportionally spaced figures, are increasingly being used. The package provides mechanisms whereby such proportional figures may still be aligned in tabular style (for example, in the table of contents).
Make labels, visiting-cards, pins with LaTeX
Provides an easy to handle interface to produce visiting cards, labels for your files, stickers, pins and other stuff for your office, conferences etc. All you need is a definition of your 'ticket' included in a ticket definition file and the two commands \ticketdefault and \ticket.
The package provides an \AtAppendix command to add code to a hook that is executed when \appendix is called by the user. Additionally, a TeX conditional \ifappendix and a LaTeX-style conditional \IfAppendix are provided to check if \appendix has already been called.
The package provides the means of establishing a consistent set of fonts for use in a LaTeX document. It allows mixing and matching the Type 1 font sets available on the archive (and it may be extended, via its configuration file, to support other fonts). Font-set definition takes the form of a set of options that are read when the package is loaded: for each typographic category (main body font, sans-serif font, monospace font, mathematics fonts, text figures, and so on), a font or a transformation is given in those options. The approach enables the user to remember their own configurations (as a single command) and to borrow configurations that other users have developed. The present release is designated "for review".
A LaTeX class (based on current RevTeX) to produce preprints with the page layout similar to that of the Astrophysical Journal.
A letter class option file for the automatic creation of copies
The file copy.lco provides the new class option "copy" for the KOMA-Script letter class scrlttr2. If the option "copy" is given, all pages of a specific letter are duplicated with background text marking as copies.
Compile TeX pictures stand-alone or as part of a document
A class and package is provided which allows TeX pictures or other TeX code to be compiled standalone or as part of a main document. Special support for pictures with beamer overlays is also provided. The package is used in the main document and skips extra preambles in sub-files. The class may be used to simplify the preamble in sub-files. By default the preview package is used to display the typeset code without margins. The behaviour in standalone mode may adjusted using a configuration file standalone.cfg to redefine the standalone environment.
A personal dirty package for documenting packages
A LaTeX package for writing online quizzes
WebQuiz makes it possible to use LaTeX to write interactive online quizzes. The quizzes are first written in LaTeX and then converted into HTML using WebQuiz, which is written in python. The conversion from LaTeX to HTML is done behind the scenes using TeX4ht. The idea is that you should be able to produce nice online quizzes using WebQuiz and basic knowledge of LaTeX.
Localisation support for TeX and LaTeX documents
This package uses both tracklang and texosquery to look up the locale information from the operating system and provide commands that can access locale-dependent information, such as the currency symbol and decimal separator. The file tex-locale.tex provides generic TeX code. The LaTeX package tex-locale.sty can additionally load babel or polyglossia with the locale's language setting, as well as various other packages such as fontspec (XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX) or fontenc + inputenc (pdfLaTeX).
Italian language module for glossaries package
Fixed-point real computations to 8 decimals
The package provides basic arithmetic operations to 8 decimal places for plain TeX or LaTeX. Results are exact when they fit within the digit limits. Along with the basic package is an optional extension that adds computation of sin, cos, log, sqrt, exp, powers and angles. These are also exact when theoretically possible and are otherwise accurate to at least 7 decimal places. In addition, the package provides a stack-based programing environment.
Visualize shares of total amounts in the form of a (progress-)bar
This package allows you to easily visualize shares of total amounts in the form of a bar. So basically you can convert any number between 0 and 1 to a progressbar using the command \progressbar{<number>}. Also a lot of customizations are possible, allowing you to create an unique progressbar on your own. The package uses TikZ to produce its graphics.
The package provides a macro for reflecting images, in a number of different ways, in pursuit of "more striking" graphics in a document.
Developed from the ancestor of the standard letter class, at the Observatoire de Geneve.
Typeset and calculate invoices according to Venezuelan law
The class provides convenient means for typesetting and calculating invoices, according to the requirements of SENIAT legislation (tax collecting entity of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela). The author suggests that the class may well be re-usable for other jurisdictions, by rather simple editing.
Examplep provides sophisticated features for typesetting verbatim source code listings, including the display of the source code and its compiled LaTeX or Metapost output side-by- side, with automatic width detection and enabled page breaks (in the source), without the need for specifying the source twice. Special care is taken that section, page and footnote numbers do not interfere with the main document. For typesetting short verbatim phrases, a replacement for the \verb command is also provided in the package, which can be used inside tables and moving arguments such as footnotes and section titles. The listings package is used for syntax highlighting. The accompanying codep package and the wrfiles.pl Perl script provide a convenient interface to the examplep package for authors of manuals. With codep it is possible to generate the source code, the LaTeX or METAPOST output and the compilable example file from a single source embedded into the appropriate place of the .tex document file.
This package stores values of counters (which have been registered beforehand) on a per chapter base and provides the values on demand in the 2nd LaTeX compilation run. In this way it is possible to know how many sections etc. there are lying ahead and to react to these counter values, if needed. This is a preliminary version that has been tested with book.cls, memoir.cls, and scrbook.cls. The packages assoccnt (by the same author) and xparse are needed as well.
TIPA typefaces with Unicode characters as input
This package converts Unicode characters into TIPA commands, which gives us tipa typefaces without learning the actual commands. This package needs LuaLaTeX as the compiler for correctly typesetting the IPA diacritics. If used with the global option nodiacritics, it can be compiled with other TeX engines, too, but no IPA diacritics will be printed. TIPA was designed to match with the Computer Modern design, no other IPA font matches with traditional LaTeX fonts. This package is helpful for obtaining the beautiful tipa shapes with Unicode characters as input. It is assumed that the user knows how to type IPA Unicode.
The package should be useful to all people that prepare their texts with LaTeX and want to draw Message Sequence Charts in their texts. The package is not an MSC editor; it simply takes a textual description of an MSC and draws the corresponding MSC. The current version of the MSC macro package supports the full MSC2000 language.
Flexible Captioning and Deferred Box/List Printing
The package allows the user to optimise presentation of LaTeX tables and figures. Boxhandler will lay out table and figure captions with a variety of stylistic apperances, and will also allow figures and tables to be "wrapped" in a manner consistent with many business and government documents. For a document that might appear in different venues with different formatting, boxhandler permits the creation of a LaTeX source document that can, with a single-line change in the source code, produce an output that has very different layout from the baseline configuration, not only in terms of caption style, but more importantly in terms of the locations where figures, tables and lists appear (or not) in the document. Deferral routines also allow one to keep all figure and table data in a separate source file, while nonetheless producing a document with figures and tables appearing in the desired location.
A "\titleref" command to cross-reference section titles
Defines a command \titleref that allows you to cross-reference section (and chapter, etc) titles and captions just like \ref and \pageref. The package does not interwork with hyperref; if you need hypertext capabilities, use nameref instead.
Read, store and recall array-formatted data
The package allows the user to input formatted data into elements of a 2-D or 3-D array and to recall that data at will by individual cell number. The data can be but need not be numerical in nature. It can be, for example, formatted text. While the package can be used for any application where indexed data is called for, the package proves particularly useful when elements of multiple arrays must be recallable and dynamically combined at time of compilation, rather than in advance.
This package modifies the definitions of \frontmatter and \mainmatter so that page numbering starts in arabic style from the front matter while preserving the rest of the original definitions. For it to work, \pagenumbering has to be inside these macros--most of classes do that, but there are exceptions like memoir.
The package's principal command, \diagbox, takes two arguments (texts for the slash-separated parts of the box), and an optional argument with which the direction the slash will go, and the box dimensions, etc., may vbe controlled. The package also provides \slashbox and \backslashbox commands for compatibility with the slashbox package, which it supersedes.
Provides control over the typography of the Table of Contents, List of Figures and List of Tables, and the ability to create new 'List of ...'. The ToC \parskip may be changed.
A macro to format section numbering intuitively
This package provides a macro \setsecnum to format section numbering intuitively. \setsecnum{1.1.1} will set the section numbering format to arabic.arabic.arabic and the depth to 3. The package uses LaTeX3.
Produce a table of contents for each chapter, part or section
The minitoc package allows you to add mini-tables-of-contents (minitocs) at the beginning of every chapter, part or section. There is also provision for mini-lists of figures and of tables. At the part level, they are parttocs, partlofs and partlots. If the type of document does not use chapters, the basic provision is section level secttocs, sectlofs and sectlots. The package has provision for language-specific configuration of its own "fixed names", using .mld files (analagous to babel .ldf files that do that job for LaTeX"s own fixed names).
Horizontal flipping of pages with pdfLaTeX
The package allows the production of a document with pages "mirrored". This is sometimes required by publishers who want camera-ready documents to be printed on transparent film (to be viewed from the "wrong" side). The package requires everypage, and only works with pdfLaTeX in PDF mode.
The package is for rotation of document elements. It is a combination of the lscape package and an extension of the rotating package. The package is designed for use with the iso class but may be used with any normal class.
A collection of LaTeX packages and classes
The bundle collects packages and classes, along with one bibliography style and examples and scripts for converting TeX files. Many of the files in the collection are designed to support field biologists and/or Russian writers, while others have wider application. The collection includes (among others): altverse, a simple verse typesetting package; autolist, which provides various list formatting facilities; biokey, which provides a mechanism for typesetting biological identification lists; biolist, which typesets species lists; boldline, which typesets heavier separating lines in tables; cassete, which lays out audio cassette inserts; classif2, which typesets classification lists; drcaps, which provides dropped capital macros; etiketka, a class for typesetting business-card-sized information (including business cards); flower, for typesetting lists of flower formulae; isyntax; numerus; punct; sltables, which develops on the stables package, for use in a LaTeX context; and starfn.
Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close
The package defines variants \mleft and \mright of \left and \right, that make the delimiters act as \mathopen and \mathclose. These commands address spacing difficulties in subformulas.
A reimplementation of the LaTeX for-loop macro
The package redefines the LaTeX internal \@for macro so that the loop may be prematurely terminated. The action is akin to the C/Java break statement, except that the loop does not terminate until the end of the current iteration
Integrates the letter class with fancyhdr and geometry to automatically make letterhead stationery. Useful for writing letters, fax, and memos. You can set up an address book using 'wrapper' macros. You put all the information for a person into a wrapper and then put the wrapper in a document. The class handles letterheads automatically. You place the object for the letterhead (picture, information, etc.) in a box and all sizing is set automatically.
The facsimile class provides a simple interface for creating a document for sending as a fax, with LaTeX. The class covers two areas: First, a title page is created with a detailed fax header; second, every page gets headers and footers so that the recipient can be sure that every page has been received and all pages are complete, and in the correct order. The class evolved from the fax package, and provides much better language support.
This package detects footnotes that are split over several pages, and writes a warning to the log file.
Include and extract SVG pictures using Inkscape
The package provides a command similar to \includegraphics command of the graphicx package, which enables the inclusion of SVG images using Inkscape. \includesvg[<options>]{ } A variety of options is available, including width, height, and path of the SVG. The image is converted to an appropriate format, using the \write18 mechanism to execute a shell command, and the package also offers the means of saving a PDF, EPS, or PNG copy of the image, at the same time. The documentation shows an example using an SVG created from the high energy particle physics analysis package ROOT.
The class provides an environment for creating a fancily laid out tabular curriculum vitae inspired by the european curriculum vitae. The distribution comes with a German and an English template.
Accept CSS-like selectors in tabular, array, ...
This package reworks the internals of tabular, array, and similar constructs, and adds a \cellprops command accepting CSS-like selectors and properties. It depends on mdwtab, xcolor, expl3, and xparse.
Organize document columns into PDF "article thread"
The package combines a document's columns into a PDF "article thread". PDF readers that support this mechanism (probably Adobe Acrobat/Reader only) can be instructed to scroll automatically from column to column, which facilitates on- screen reading of two-column documents. Even for single-column documents, threadcol supports the creation of multiple article threads, which help organize discontiguous but logically related regions of text into a form that the user can scroll through as if its contents were contiguous.
The package extends the LaTeX labelling system: whenever a label is set, the values of counters (selected by the user) are recorded, along with the label. The value of these counters can be recalled with a command similar to \pageref. The package also adds commands \s[name]ref (for each counter [name] that the user has selected); these commands display something only if the value of the [name] counter is changed from when the label was set. Many commands are provided to serve as a macro programming environment for using the extended labels.
Enumerate with lower- or uppercase Greek letters
This package provides two macros \engrec and \EnGrec to convert number arguments to lower case or upper case greek letters. They have the syntax of \alph, i.e. \engrec{a_counter}, \EnGrec{a_counter}. Options are provided to work with the upgreek and fourier packages. Requires amstext.
This package offers environments and commands for one-level and two-level lists of short items (e.g., exercises in textbooks). The environments support optional arguments of item numbering similar to the enumerate or paralist packages.
This package allows the user to create an index of all authors cited in a LaTeX document. Each author entry in the index contains the pages where these citations occur. Alternatively, the package can list the labels of the citations that appear in the references rather than the text pages. The package relies on BibTeX being used to handle citations. Additionally, it requires Perl (version 5 or higher).
Execute foreign source code and embed the result in the pdf file
This LaTeX package executes programming source codes (including all command line tools) from within LaTeX and embeds the output in the resulting .pdf file. Many programming languages can be easily used and any command-line executable can be invoked when preparing the .pdf file from a .tex file. It is however recommended to use this package in server-mode together with the Python talk2stat package. Currently, this server-mode supports Julia, MatLab, Python, and R. More languages will be added. For more details and usage examples, refer to the package's github repository.
Conversion of graphics to pdfLaTeX-compatible formats
The package facilitates the on-the-fly conversion of various graphics formats to formats supported by pdfLaTeX (e.g. PDF). It uses a range of external programs, and therefore requires that the LaTeX run starts with write18 enabled.
Filling documents with notes pages and notes areas
This package package provides one macro to insert a single notes page and another to fill the document with multiple notes pages, until the total number of pages (so far) is a multiple of a given number. A third command can be used to fill half empty pages with a notes area.
Heiko Oberdiek's makerobust package defined a command with name \MakeRobustCommand that could be used to make fragile commands robust. The LaTeX format has, since 2015, included a command \MakeRobust with the same syntax and behaviour. Also by 2019, almost all commands in LaTeX that may be used in a moving argument are already robust. This package is now just a simple one-liner defining the name \MakeRobustCommand as an alias for \MakeRobust. This package should not be used in any new documents.
A package for symmetric groups, allowing you to input, output, and calculate with them.
The package will by default break at word boundaries, but package options are offered to permit breaks within words.
This package is an attempt to track skills assessed during a classroom check. Each question can be associated with one or more skills and be assigned a number of points to be earned. At the end of the text, a table set summarizes the skills assessed, and in what proportions.
This package provides several macros to fetch git information and typeset it. The macros defined by LaTeXgit can be helpful to documentation authors and others to whom clear document versioning is important.
This package lays out epigraphs: quotations across a page, usually to open or close a chapter. It is intended as a simple replacement for the more sophisticated epigraph package. The package depends on pgfkeys, conditionals (which is distributed as part of the songbook package), enumitem, and microtype.
Allow LaTeX to download files using an external process
The package allows the user to download files (using cURL or wget), from within a document. To run the external commands, LaTeX (or whatever) needs to be run with the --shell-escape flag; this creates a tension between your needs and the security implications of the flag; users should exercise due caution.
Manage frame numbering in appendixes in beamer
The package arranges that an appendix in a beamer presentation is not counted in the frame count of the presentation; appendixes are numbered starting from one.
Produce lists of symbols as in nomenclature
Produces lists of symbols using the capabilities of the MakeIndex program.
Write Metanorma standardization documents using LaTe
metanorma This work includes a LaTeX document class, a `latexml` script and a `latexmlpost` stylesheet which allow you to write a LaTeX document and transcode it into Metanorma's `ADOC` format. This work is sponsored by Ribose Inc. (<https://www.ribose.com>). This work is maintained by Ribose Inc. (<open.source@ribose.com>).
Create listoffigures etc. in a single chapter
The package allows you to create a list of figures and list of tables in a chapter named 'List' that contains separate sections for each list of figures, tables, etc.
Reference items in a theorem environment
The package provides the means to directly reference items of lists nested in theorem-like environments (e.g., as 'Theorem 1 a'). The package extends the ntheorem and cleveref packages. The package also provides other theorem markup commands.
Copy and paste into and across documents
The clipboard package provides a basic framework for copying and pasting text and commands into and across multiple documents. It replaces the copypaste package.
Implements KIX codes as used by the Dutch PTT for bulk mail addressing. (Royal Mail 4 State Code.) KIX is a registered trade mark of PTT Post Holdings B. V.
Generate logarithmic graph paper with LaTeX
The logpap package provides four macros for drawing logarithmic- logarithmic, logarithmic-linear, linear-logarithmic and (because it was easy to implement) linear-linear graph paper with LaTeX.
General looping macros for use with LaTeX
The package provides efficient looping macros for processing both csv (separated-values) and nsv/tsv (non-separated values) lists. CSV lists which have associated parsers may be processed with the tools of the package.
The package provides the command \Figure[<key=value>...]{<image filename>} to simplify the business of including an image as figure in the most common form (centred and with caption and label). Caption and label are set using the caption and label keys; the label fig:<image filename> is used if none is given. If the here key is given, the figure is not 'floated', and the user is responsible for placement. The package uses the author's package adjustbox to centre an image and to simplify further modifications.
Macros for Segmented Discourse Representation Theory
The package provides macros to produce the 'Box notation' of SDRT (and DRT), to draw trees representing discourse relations, and finally to have an easy access to various mathematical symbols used in that theory, mostly with automatic mathematics mode, so they work the same in formulae and in text.
Specify version and compression level of output PDF files
This package enables users to specify in their sources the following settings on the PDF document to output: PDF version (1.4, 1.5 etc.); whether or not to compress streams; whether or not to use object streams. This package supports all major PDF- output engines and dvipdfmx.
Extend "improperly closed environment" messages
When an environment is left open, LaTeX gives an error at the end of the document. However it only informs about the first of them, while the rest are shown with meaningless errors: (\end occurred inside a group at level N) This package replaces these errors with more useful messages which show which environments (in reverse order) were not closed. There are no user macros: just use the package.
The class enables you to create the sort of adverts that you pin on a noticeboard, with tear-off strips at the bottom where you can place contact details.
There are macro and environment arguments that expect numbers that will internally be multiplied by \unitlength. This package extends the syntax of these arguments, so that dimensions with calculation support may be used for these arguments.
The package provides the framework for typesetting a Curriculum Vitae (composed in French), together with a number of "themes" that may be used with the package. (The use of the themes may be seen in the package's examples/ collection.) The author hints that conversion for use with other languages (than French) should be possible.
writing a TeX length with a space between number and unit
Writing a TeX length with \the writes the value and the unit without a space. Package isopt provides a macro \ISO which inserts a user defined space between number and unit.
Dynamically typeset numbers and values in LaTeX through "symbolic links"
This package dynamically typesets values generated by different kinds of scripts in LaTeX through the use of "symbolic links" (which are not in any way related to the "symbolic links" used in UNIX systems!). The aim is to reduce errors resulting from out-of-date numbers by directly setting them in the number generating file and importing a "symbolic link" into the LaTeX source file. It can be used to import not only numerical values, but strings and pieces of code are also possible. Currently only MATLAB and Python are supported to produce Dynamic Number list files.
The package is a driver to support beamer Navigation symbols and \framezoomed regions when using dvipdfmx as PDF generator (e.g., as part of e-pTeX). The package does not define any 'user' commands.
Greek language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "greek" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package defines command \menu which assists typesetting of a path through a program's menu.
Decimal-centered optionally rounded numbers in tabular
The rccol package provides decimal-centered numbers: corresponding digits and decimal separators aligned. Furthermore, rounding to the desired precision is possible. The package makes use of the fltpoint package (as well as the LaTeX required array package).
Word-by-word glosses, translations, and bibliographic attributions
This package provides environments and commands for pairing lines, bottom lines, and tagged lines, intended to be used in particular for word-by-word glosses, translations, and bibliographic attributions, respectively. This LaTeX package is inspired by Marcel R. van der Goot's classic Plain TeX macros in gloss.tex.
Find the date of last modification of a file
The package fetches from the system the date of last modification or opening of an existing file, using the function \pdffilemoddate (present in recent versions of PDFTeX); the user may specify how the date is to be presented.
A simple package, that prints both 'from' and 'to' addresses.
Extra harpoons, using the graphics package
Provides over- and under-harpoon symbol commands; the harpoons may point in either direction, with the hook pointing up or down. The covered object is provided as an argument to the commands, so that they have the look of accent commands.
Associated counters stepping simultaneously
This package provides a way of associating counters to an existing driver counter so that incrementing the driver counter will increase its associated counters as well. This package can be regarded as a supplement to the totcount package by Vasileios Koutavas, but it can be used without it, too. xassoccnt is a successor and a complete rewrite of the assoccnt package by the same author. However, as of 2015/11/07, some features of assoccnt are not (yet) contained in xassoccnt, so that the older package cannot yet be regarded as obsolete.
Notes after every paragraph (or elsewhere)
The package provides the \parnote command. The notes are set as (normal) running paragraphs; placement is at the end of each paragraph, or manually, using the \parnotes command.
Typeset flipbook animations, in the corners of documents
The package provides techniques for adding flip book animations in the corner of your LaTeX documents (using images or ASCII art). Animations are defined as a set of numbered files (e.g., "im1.pdf", "im2.pdf", "im3.pdf", ...). The package relies on fancyhdr to control the corners.
Cross references for named and numbered environments
Philex provides means for creating and cross-referencing named or numbered environments. Possible uses would be equations, example sentences (as in linguistics or philosophy) or named principles. Cross references may refer either to the number, or to a short name of the target environment, or to the contents of the environment. Philex builds on the facilities of the linguex package.
This package attempts to make it easy for even a LaTeX novice to prepare proficiency tests, especially in combination with the exam document class. Thus, almost all command names are very similar. After defining skills in the preamble or in an external file, they are declared using labels, and can optionally be set as global skills. A skills table is generated to summarize the evaluated competencies and to allow for writing down the resulting proficiency level. A user's guide attempts to explain all of the possibilities in a readable way, with many examples.
The package calculates inverse relative paths. Such things may be useful, for example, when writing an auxiliary file to a different directory.
These macros make it easier for you to write TeX documents with GNU Emacs.Documentation can be found under: /usr/share/doc/packages/emacs-auctex/ and in the dvi files math-ref.dvi and tex-ref.dvi (reference cards) and in the info file auctex in emacs info-mode. AuC TeX is integrated in XEmacs 19.15 and higher, so these packages may not be installed concurrently.Note that the binary formats of the byte-compiled lisp files of the two emacs editors are incompatible, so you cannot use this package for XEmacs.
Access different-shaped small-caps fonts
This package enables the use of small capitals in different font shapes, e.g., slanted or bold slanted for all fonts that provide appropriate font shapes. (Note that a separate .fd file is needed to define font shapes such as 'scsl' or 'scit'.)
The package modifies the way the latin option to babel operates when typesetting Latin. The style is somewhat 'frenchified' in respect of punctuation spacings and footnote style; shortcuts are available in order to set accents on all vowels, including y and the diphthongs ae and oe.
The package allows data, text (including (La)TeX commands or environments) to be formatted into a array which may be split.
A minimalistic presentation theme for LaTeX Beamer
The main features of this minimalistic Beamer theme are: Easily use own logos. Customizable. Looks good in a 4:3 and 16:9 aspect ratio, without the need to change anything. Provides an environment for vertically-spaced items. Provides light and dark mode. Is designed to be purely minimalistic without any distractions.
Shorter (and longer) underlines and underbars
Some engineers need underlined or twice underlined variables for which the usual \underline is too long. This package provides a generic command for creating underlines of various sizes and types.
The package provides the commands to flag chapters or sections (or anything else destined to become a TOC line). The command \nexttocwithtags{req1,req2,...}{excl1,excl2,...} specifies which tags are to be required and which ones are to be excluded by the next \tableofcontents (or equivalent) command. In a document that uses a class where \tableofcontents may only be used once, the command \tableoftaggedcontents{req1,req2,...}{excl1,excl2,...} may be used to provide several tables.
Embed non-PDF files into PDF with hyperlink
The package allows to embed non-PDF files (e.g., BibTeX) into PDF with a hyperlink.
danish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "danish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Display various elements of a document's layout
Display information about a document, including: text positioning on a page; disposition of floats; layout of paragraphs, lists, footnotes, table of contents, and sectional headings; font boxes. Facilities are provided for a document designer to experiment with the layout parameters.
Font definitions for the variable Latin Modern fonts
This package provides a mechanism for scaling the typeface. It is directed to Latin Modern fonts and provides the font definitions and the corresponding style file. This mechanism is useful in mixed text compositions, for example Japanese-Latin.
The package provides rudimentary support for drawing Lewis Structures. Support is limited to elements that support the octet rule.
slovak language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "slovak" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
A package providing an interface to sectioning commands for selection from various title styles. E.g., marginal titles and to change the font of all headings with a single command, also providing simple one-step page styles. Also includes a package to change the page styles when there are floats in a page. You may assign headers/footers to individual floats, too.
Remove excess space at left and right of tabular
The tabular environment is changed so that the outer \tabcolseps are compensated and a \hline has the same length as the text. No @{} is needed.
The bundle provides two packages: - antree, which provides macros for annotated node trees, and - toklist, which is an implementation of Knuth's token list macros, to be found on pp.378-379 of the TeXbook.
The package provides a file list (similar to that offered by \listfiles), neatly laid out as a table. The main document can be included in the list, and a command is available for providing RCS-maintained data for printing in the file list.
The package enables the user to typeset recipes, which could be greater than one page. Above the recipe text two (optional) pictures can be displayed. Other features are recipe name, energy content, portions, preparation and baking time, baking temperatures, recipe source and of course preparation steps and required ingredients. At the bottom you may insert an optional hint. The package depends on the Emerald fonts.
Common code for documentation of the author's packages
This package combines several other packages and defines additional macros and environments for documenting LaTeX code. The package mainly serves the purpose of combining the preferences used in the author's own package documentations. However, others can use the package as well. Compatibility between versions cannot be guaranteed, however.
Notes in the margin, even where \marginpar fails
This package provides the command \marginnote that may be used instead of \marginpar at almost every place where \marginpar cannot be used, e.g., inside floats, footnotes, or in frames made with the framed package.
The package provides a command \isotope for setting the atomic weight and atomic number indications of isotopes. (The naive way of doing the job with (La)TeX mathematics commands produces an unsatisfactory result.)
This package implements a command \roundbox that can be used, in LaTeX, for producing boxes, framed with rounded corners.
In some fields of scholarship, a beamer does not offer good support when giving a talk in a proceeding. For example, in classical philology, the main sources are text, and it will be better to distribute a handout to the audience with extracts of the texts about which we will talk. The package supports preparation of such handouts when writing the talk.
The package allows vertical alignement of table cell by providing: Z, L, C, R, J and I column types \nextRow and \lb commands \setMultiColRow, \setMultiColumn, \setMultiRow and \tableFormatedCell commands for tabular and similar environment.
The package provides commands to simplify processing of sequential list-like structures, such as making a series of 'similar' commands from a list of names.
A XeLaTeX package for theses and dissertations at Iranian Universities
A package for preparing dissertations and theses for Iranian universities as fast and as efficiently as possible. The package depends on xparse, fancyhdr, graphicx, multirow, float, and adjustbox.
Extended \fbox macro from standard LaTeX
This package redefines \fbox to allow an optional argument for different frames. It can be any combination of l)eft, r)ight, t)op, and b)ottom, for example: \fbox[lt]{foo}. Using uppercase letters or a combination of lowercase and uppercase is also possible.
The package was designed as an extension of the lastpage package -- as well as that package's LastPage label (created \AtEndDocument) it adds a VeryLastPage (created \AfterLastShipout). When more than one page numbering scheme is in operation (as in a book class document with frontmatter), the labels above do not give the total number of pages, so the package also provides labels pagesLTS.<numbering scheme>, where the numbering scheme is arabic, roman, etc. The package relies on the undolabl package.
This package provides a command \setnormalcolor with the same syntax as the command \color either of package color or of package xcolor. However, \setnormalcolor will not change the current colour but the normal / default color.
The package provides a replacement for that part of psnfss and mfnfss that changes the default font. The package is distributed together with the psfont package, by the same author.
The package provides horizontal alignment, as in the LaTeX command \listfiles (or the author's longnamefilelist package). Uses may include in-text tables, or even code listings.
Provides a figure-like environment that break over pages
The longfigure package uses and relabels components of the well- known longtable package, written by David Carlisle, to provide a table-like environment that can display a stream of figures as a single figure that can break across pages.
This small package supports key-value syntax other than the standard LaTeX syntax of <key>=<value>. Using this package, create key-values of the form <key>:<value> or <key>-><value>, for example. The package converts the new notation to xkeyval notation and passes it on to xkeyval.
The reason for the creation of the tasks environment was an unwritten agreement in German maths textbooks (exspecially (junior) high school textbooks) to organize exercises in columns counting horizontally rather than vertically. This is what the tasks package helps to achieve.
The package defines two macros which decide to typeset a number either as an Arabic number or as a word (or words) for the number. If the number is between zero and twelve (including zero and twelve) then words will be used; if the number is outside that range, it will be typeset using the package numprint Words for English representation of numbers are generated within the package, while those for German are generated using the package zahl2string.
Deprecated: Figures divided into subfigures
Provides support for the manipulation and reference of small or 'sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment. It is convenient to use this package when your subfigures are to be separately captioned, referenced, or are to be included in the List-of-Figures. A new \subfigure command is introduced which can be used inside a figure environment for each subfigure. An optional first argument is used as the caption for that subfigure. The package is now considered obsolete: it was superseded by subfig, but users may find the more recent subcaption package more satisfactory.
Defines a means of specifying sequences of bases. The bases may be numbered (per line) and you may specify that subsequences be coloured. For a more 'vanilla-flavoured' way of typesetting base sequences, the user might consider the seqsplit package.
A CV document class with a vertical timeline for experience
The class offers another modern, neat, design, and provides a simple means of adding an 'experience timeline'.
Prints two six-monthly vertical-type daily planner (i.e., months along the top, days downwards), with each 6-month period fitting onto a single A4 (or US letter) sheet. The package offers support for English, French, German, Spanish and Portuguese. The previous scheme of annual updates has now been abandoned, in favour of a Perl script yplan that generates a year's planner automatically. (The last manually-generated LaTeX file remains on the archive.)
A tokenizer for LaTeX. \GetTokens{Target1}{Target2}{Source} splits source into two tokens at the first encounter of a comma. The first token is saved in a newly created command with the name passed as <Target1> and the second token likewise. A package option 'trim' causes leading and trailing space to be removed from each token; with this option, the \TrimSpaces command is defined, which removes leading and trailing spaces from its argument.
The package makes it possible to execute Unix bash shell scripts from within LaTeX. The main application is in writing computer-science texts, in which you want to make sure the programs listed in the document are executed directly from the input. The package may use other Unix shells than bash, but does not work without modification in a Windows environment. The package requires the -shell-escape flag when LaTeX is processing your document.
Italian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "italian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty.
This package implements copyediting support for LaTeX documents. Authors can enjoy the freedom of using, for example, words with US or UK or Canadian or Australian spelling in a mixed way, yet, they can choose any one of the usage forms for their entire document irrespective of kinds of spelling they have adopted. In the same fashion, the users can have the benefit of the following features available in the package: Localization -- British-American-Australian-Canadian Close-up, Hyphenation, and Spaced words Latin abbreviations Acronyms and Abbreviations Itemization, nonlocal lists and labels Parenthetical and serial commas Non-local tokenization in language through Abbreviations and pronouns.
Prints 'continuation' marks on recto pages of multipage documents
The package is an amalgam of Donald Arseneau's fwlw package and Luca Merciadri's turnthepage package. For multipage twoside documents it puts a `continuation' mark near the foot of each odd-numbered page that is followed by another page. The position and form of the continuation mark may be altered.
The package provides a character key-driven interface to supplement new constructions of the traditional \overbrace and \underbrace pairs in an asymmetric or arbitrary way.
This bundle allows marking-up of CWEB code in LaTeX. The distribution includes the "Counting Words" program distributed with CWEB, edited to run with LaTeX.
The package provides a simple LaTeX interface for the processing of files with comma separated values (CSV); it relies on the key value syntax supported by pgfkeys to simplify usage. Filtering and table generation is especially supported; however, this lightweight tool offers no support for data sorting or data base storage.
Repetetively produce documents from a fixed part and a variable part. Such an operation is commonly used as "mail merge" to produce mail shots.
The present version of the class supports German meeting minutes including vote results and action items. The author has ambitions to internationalise the code, and would welcome support in the work.
The package defines a command, \printlen, to print TeX lengths in a variety of units. It can handle all units supported by TeX. The package requires that a reasonably up to date version of the fp package be installed on you system.
Package for setting nucleotide and peptide alignments
TeXshade is alignment shading software completely written in TeX/LaTeX; it can process multiple sequence alignments in the .MSF and the .ALN file formats. In addition to common shading algorithms, it provides special shading modes showing functional aspects, e.g. charge or hydropathy, and a wide range of commands for handling shading colours, text styles, labels, legends; it even allows the user to define completely new shading modes. TeXshade combines highest flexibility with TeX output quality -- all in a bundle that does not demand excessive development time of the user.
Harbin Institute of Technology Report LaTeX Template
This package provides an assignment and experiment report template free of configuration designed for undergraduates on the three campuses of Harbin Institute of Technology.
The package provides functionality for processing lists and array structures in LaTeX. Arrays can contain characters as well as TeX and LaTeX commands, nesting of arrays is possible, and arrays are processed within the same brace level as their surrounding environment. Array levels can be delimited by characters or control sequences defined by the user. Practical uses of this package include data management, construction of lists and tables, and calculations based on the contents of lists and arrays.
The package provides a robust interface to controlling keys in xkeyval, removing some of that package's restrictions. The package also addresses some of the issues now covered by the author's ltxkeys package, which was assumed to be a replacement for keyreader. Since keyreader has remained a favourite with users, it has been reinstated.
A package to create another table of contents with a different depth, useful in large documents where a detailed table of contents should be accompanied by a shorter one, giving only a general overview of the main topics in the document.
The floatrow package provides many ways to customize layouts of floating environments and has code to cooperate with the caption 3.x package. The package offers mechanisms to put floats side by side, and to put the caption beside its float. The floatrow settings could be expanded to the floats created by packages rotating, wrapfig, subfig (in the case of rows of subfloats), and longtable.
Class for typesetting letters to Swiss rules
The class enables composition of letters fitting into Swiss C5 & C6/5 windowed envelopes. No assumption is made about the language used. The class is based on the standard LaTeX classes and is compatible with the LaTeX letter class. It is not limited to letters and may be used as a generic document class; it is used with the chextras package.
The bundle provides nine packages: xintcore, which provides expandable TeX macros that implement the basic arithmetic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, as applied to arbitrarily long numbers represented as chains of digits with an optional minus sign; xint, which extends xintcore with more big integer operations; xinttools, which provides utilities of independent interest such as expandable and non-expandable loops; xintfrac, which computes fractions using xint; xintexpr, which extends xintfrac with an expandable parser of comma separated expressions involving integers, fractions, boolean, and algebraic operators, and declared as well as dummy variables; xintbinhex provides conversions to and from binary and hexadecimal bases; xintseries, which provides basic functionality for computing partial sums using xint; xintgcd, which provides implementations of the Euclidean algorithm, and of its typesetting; xintcfrac, which deals with the computation of continued fractions. All of the packages' computations are done in a way that they can operate in an expanding environment. The packages may be used either with Plain TeX or LaTeX.
Insert Bible passages by their reference
The package allows to insert Bible texts in a document by specifying references.
The lettrine package supports various dropped capitals styles, typically those described in the French typographic books. In particular, it has facilities for the paragraph text's left edge to follow the outline of capitals that have a regular shape (such as "A" and "V").
"Tab" to a measured position in the line
\tabto{<length>} moves the typesetting position to <length> from the left margin of the paragraph. If the typesetting position is already further along, \tabto starts a new line; the command \tabto* will move position backwards if necessary, so that previous text may be overwritten. The command \TabPositions may be used to define a set of tabbing positions, after which the command \tab advances typesetting position to the next defined 'tab stop'.
To extend the functionality of the calc package
This package bundle consists of the following packages: bxcalcize: To make calc expressions available in more places. bxcalcux: To add user-defined units to the calc syntax. In addition, this bundle provides the bxcalc package, which simply loads the above-mentioned packages internally.
The set (now) consists of: a small package for dealing with duplicate-numbered output pages; newproof, for defining mathematical proof structures; onepagem for omitting the page number in one-page documents and time, which prints a 12-hour format time.
Change the definition of an existing command
The package provides a command \patchcommand that can be used to add material at the beginning and/or the end of the replacement text of an existing macro. It works for macros with any number of normal arguments, including those that were defined with \DeclareRobustCommand.
This package supports hyperref's pdfTeX driver. It removes unnecessary destinations and shortens the destination names or uses numbered destinations to get smaller PDF files.
Provides fullpage and leftfullpage environments, that may be used inside a figure, table, or other float environment. If the first of a 2-page spread uses a "leftfullpage" environment, the float will only be typeset on an even-numbered page, and the two floats will appear side-by-side in a two-sided document.
Add PIN security to the "Correct" button of a quiz created by exerquiz
This package is an add-on to the quiz environment of the exerquiz package (part of the acrotex bundle). It adds PIN security to a quiz created by the quiz environment. To correct a quiz, the document consumer must press the "Correct" button of the quiz and successfully enter the correct PIN number. The PIN security is designed for the instructor to mark and record the student's effort on that quiz. The package works for the usual workflows.
This is a versatile bundle of packages and classes for consistent formatting of control sequences, package options, source code examples, and writing a package manual (including an index containing the explained control sequences, options, ldots). The bundle also provides several other small ideas of mine such as a mechansim for providing abbreviations etc. Not at least it provides a number of programming tools. The intention behind this bundle mainly is a selfish one: documenting my own packages. The bundle contains an index style file cnltx.ist that should be placed in a directory in a TDS makeindex directory.
Add editing annotations in a LuaLaTeX document
The package allows the user to insert comments into a document that suggest (for example) further editing that may be needed. The comments are shown in the margins alongside the text; different styles for the comments may be used; the styles are selected using package options. The package is based on the package todonotes, and depends heavily on Lua, so it can only be used with LuaLaTeX.
Packages for language-dependent inline quotes and dashes
The bundle contains two packages: quoted, for inserting quotation marks; and onedash, for inserting dashes. Each package takes a language name as an option; accepted language options are american, british, german and polish.
The package provides macros for manipulating strings -- testing a string's contents, extracting substrings, substitution of substrings and providing numbers such as string length, position of, or number of recurrences of, a substring. The package works equally in Plain TeX and LaTeX (though e-TeX is always required). The strings to be processed may contain (expandable) macros.
Resolve macro name conflict between packages
The package provides several commands to prefix (and hence obscure) a macro's (or a sequence of macros') name, and to restore the original macro(s) at places in a document where they are needed.
The package provides a crude environment (vwcol) for typesetting multicolumn paragraph text of various column widths on a single page.
The glossaries package supports acronyms and multiple glossaries, and has provision for operation in several languages (using the facilities of either babel or polyglossia). New entries are defined to have a name and description (and optionally an associated symbol). Support for multiple languages is offered, and plural forms of terms may be specified. An additional package, glossaries-accsupp, can make use of the accsupp package mechanisms for accessibility support for PDF files containing glossaries. The user may define new glossary styles, and preambles and postambles can be specified. There is provision for loading a database of terms, but only terms used in the text will be added to the relevant glossary. The package uses an indexing program to provide the actual glossary; either makeindex or xindy may serve this purpose, and a Perl script is provided to serve as interface. The package distribution also provides the mfirstuc package, for changing the first letter of a word to upper case. The package supersedes the author's glossary package (which is now obsolete), and a conversion tool is provided.
Shape selection for TX fonts Greek letters
The package allows LaTeX users who use the TX fonts to select the shapes (italic or upright) for the Greek lowercase and uppercase letters. Once the shapes for lowercase and uppercase have been selected via a package option, the \other prefix (e.g., \otheralpha) allows using the alternate glyph (as in the fourier package). The txgreeks package does not constrain the text font that may be used in the document.
This package provides an environment that has its own line numbers or markers and can be well distinguished from the main text, for writing you ideas or annotations.
A collection of ways to change the typesetting of footnotes. The package provides means of changing the layout of the footnotes themselves (including setting them in 'paragraphs' -- the para option), a way to number footnotes per page (the perpage option), to make footnotes disappear in a 'moving' argument (stable option) and to deal with multiple references to footnotes from the same place (multiple option). The package also has a range of techniques for labelling footnotes with symbols rather than numbers. Some of the functions of the package are overlap with the functionality of other packages. The para option is also provided by the manyfoot and bigfoot packages, though those are both also portmanteau packages. (Don't be seduced by fnpara, whose implementation is improved by the present package.) The perpage option is also offered by footnpag and by the rather more general-purpose perpage
Macros for typesetting pretty labels (optionally colored) for the back of files or binders (currently only the special A4 "Leitz-Ordner" ring binder is supported).
The package supports the free fonts from "After the Flood" which are available from AtF Spark. The following fonts are supported: Spark - Bar - Medium Spark - Bar - Narrow Spark - Bar - Thin Spark - Dot-line - Medium Spark - Dot - Medium Spark - Dot - Small
sanitize umlauts for MakeIndex and pdfLaTeX
This packages sanitizes umlauts to be used directly in index entries for MakeIndex and friends with pdfLaTeX. This means that inside \index an umlaut can be used as "U or as U. In both cases, the letter is written as "U into the raw index file for correct processing with MakeIndex and pdfLaTeX.
This package allows access to the various parameter values in TeX (catcode values), e-TeX (group, if and node types, and interaction mode), and LuaTeX (pdfliteral mode) by a hierarchical name system.
Define LaTeX macros in terms of Perl code
PerlTeX is a combination Perl script (perltex.pl) and LaTeX2e package (perltex.sty) that, together, give the user the ability to define LaTeX macros in terms of Perl code. Once defined, a Perl macro becomes indistinguishable from any other LaTeX macro. PerlTeX thereby combines LaTeX's typesetting power with Perl's programmability. PerlTeX will make use of persistent named pipes, and thereby run more efficiently, on operating systems that offer them (mostly Unix-like systems). Also provided is a switch to generate a PerlTeX-free, document- specific, noperltex.sty that is useful when distributing a document to places where PerlTeX is not available.
Tabular with variable width columns balanced
The package defines a tabular*-like environment, tabulary, taking a 'total width' argument as well as the column specifications. The environment uses column types L, C, R and J for variable width columns (\raggedright', \centering, \raggedleft, and normally justified). In contrast to tabularx's X columns, the width of each column is weighted according to the natural width of the widest cell in the column.
Provides additional facilities in a picture environment for drawing linear, cubic, and rational quadratic Bezier curves (standard LaTeX only offers non-rational quadratic splines). Provides a package multiply that provides a command for multiplication of a length without numerical overflow.
Include CMap resources in PDF files from PDFTeX
The package is an extension of cmap with improved flexibility and coverage, including the ability to re-encode Knuth's basic mathematics fonts.
The package provides a macro \Inline that precedes a \def or \gdef. Within the definition text of an inlined definition, keywords such as \Expand may be used to selectively inline certain expansions at definition-time. This eases the process of redefining macros in terms of the original definition, as well as definitions in which the token that must be expanded is deep within, where \expandafter would be difficult and \edef is not suitable. Another application is as an easier version of \aftergroup, by defining a macro in terms of expanded local variables, then ending the group with \expandafter\endgroup\macro.
Colorful edits for multiple authors of a shared document
This package provides a fairly light-weight solution for annotating LaTeX source code with color to show additions/changes, replacements, deletions, and comments. This is particularly useful when a document is being edited by multiple authors. Two package options allow the quick suppression of all colorful edits and comments, and showing text whose deletion was proposed.
Identify areas of text to be marked with changebars with the \cbstart and \cbend commands; the bars may be coloured. The package uses 'drivers' to place the bars; the available drivers can work with dvitoln03, dvitops, dvips, the emTeX and TeXtures DVI drivers, and VTeX and PDFTeX.
Import individual data from script files
This LaTeX package uses pgfkeys to retrieve individual data points generated in some script. Analogous to how one might generate graphics in a script and import those graphics into a LaTeX document.
Display the value of a LaTeX counter in a variety of formats
The package provides commands that display the value of a LaTeX counter in a variety of formats (ordinal, text, hexadecimal, decimal, octal, binary etc). The package offers some multilingual support; configurations for use in English (both British and American usage), French (including Belgian and Swiss variants), German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish documents are provided. This package was originally provided as part of the author's datetime package, but is now distributed separately.
Extended set of integrals for Computer Modern
The esint package permits access to alternate integral symbols when you're using the Computer Modern fonts. In the original set, several integral symbols are missing, such as \oiint. Many of these symbols are available in other font sets (pxfonts, txfonts, etc.), but there is no good solution if you want to use Computer Modern. The package provides Metafont source and LaTeX macro support.
Multidef provides a simple way of defining several macros having similar definitions.
Normal usage will ordinarily require no more than a simple data file per cover; the package will make a full insert for a CD case (it copes with both normal and slim cases).
Decorates individual paragraphs of a document, offering five pre-defined styles. The command offers an optional 'key-value' argument with the user may define parameters of the selected style. Predefined styles offer a spiral-notebook, a zebra-like, a dashed, a marked design, and an underlined style. Users may also define their own styles. Decorated paragraphs may not include displayed mathematics.
Coloured boxes, for LaTeX examples and theorems, etc
The package provides an environment for coloured and framed text boxes with a heading line. Optionally, such a box may be split in an upper and a lower part; thus the package may be used for the setting of LaTeX examples where one part of the box displays the source code and the other part shows the output. Another common use case is the setting of theorems. The package supports saving and reuse of source code and text parts.
The package provides functionality for typesetting seminar proceedings based on KOMA-Script's scrreprt class and etoc. It offers an alternative to \chapter that typesets the speaker and if necessary the typist of the notes for the talk in question. Moreover, the class provides two types of table of contents. A global table of contents showing only the talks of the seminar and the respective speakers and a local table of contents for each talk showing the sections and subsections of the respective talk.
Allows footnotes on individual pages to be numbered from 1, rather than being numbered sequentially through the document.
The LaTeX package beamertheme-light provides an aesthetic and minimal beamer style by redefining colors and fonts.
The package provides the functionality of the threeparttable package to tables created using the longtable package.
The package provides OCG (Optional Content Groups) support within a PDF document, replacing the ocg.sty distributed with asymptote. Nested OCGs are supported. The package may be used with PDFLatex and XeLaTeX.
Polish language module for glossaries package
Polish language module for glossariesr package.
This package provides the command \thepagecolor, which gives the current page (background) colour, i. e. the argument used with the most recent call of \pagecolor{...}. The command \thepagecolornone gives the same colour as \thepagecolor, except when the page background colour is "none" (e.g., as a result of using the \nopagecolor command). In that case \thepagecolor is "white" and \thepagecolornone is "none".
A beamer theme designed for use in the University of Leeds
The bundle provides a simple theme that has been used in the author's department.
Split long sequences of characters in a neutral way
When one needs to type long sequences of letters (such as in base-sequences in genes) or of numbers (such as calculations of transcendental numbers), there's no obvious break points to be found. The package provides a command \seqsplit, which makes its argument splittable anywhere, and then leaves the TeX paragraph-maker to do the splitting. While the package may obviously be used to typeset DNA sequences, the user may consider the dnaseq as a rather more powerful alternative.
Convert a length into one with another unit
This package defines two macros to convert a value with unit into one with another unit. Supported are all TeX related units, and also km and m. The output can be in scientic notation for large values. The package only works with LuaLaTeX!
The package allows you to place a picture on the title page (cover page) of a LaTeX document. Example of usage: \usepackage[cc]{titlepic} \usepackage{graphicx} \titlepic{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{picture.png}} The package currently only works with the document classes article, report and book.
Variants of common box-commands that read their content as real box and not as macro argument
The package uses the author's package collectbox to define variants of common box related macros which read the content as real box and not as macro argument. This enables the use of verbatim or other special material as part of this content. The provided macros have the same names as the original versions but start with an upper-case letter instead. The "long-form" macros, like \Makebox, can also be used as environments, but not the "short-form" macros, like \Mbox. However, normally the long form uses the short form anyway when no optional arguments are used.
A variant of LaTeX \verb, verbatim and shortvrb
A redefinition of \verb and verbatim so that long lines are breakable before \ and after { with % as 'hyphen'. Allows you to define your own verbatim-like environments (subject to a size limit) and allows you to declare any single character as a shorthand as in the \MakeShortVerb command of the shortvrb package of the LaTeX distribution. The package depends on the gmutils package.
Extremely flexible macros for letters, envelopes, and label sheets
The yaletter class provides extremely configurable macros for typesetting letters in any conceivable style. It provides facilities for maintaining easily-accessible databases of letterheads and addresses for repeat use. It further provides easy macros for envelopes and for label sheets. Finally, it provides some nice defaults for a few of the more common styles and sizes.
The package bundles the answer to the long-standing FAQ about removing page numbers on \part pages. The package accepts no options and defines no user commands; the user needs only to load it, and the requirement is met.
The package defines a command \leading, whose argument is a <length> that specifies the nominal distance between consecutive baselines of typeset text. The command replaces the rather more difficult LaTeX command \linespread{<ratio>}, where the leading is specified by reference to the font size.
Define new versions of \verb, including short verb versions
The package allows the definition of \verb variants which add TeX code before and after the verbatim text (e.g., quotes or surrounding \fbox{}). When used together with the shortvrb package it allows the definition of short verbatim characters which use this package's variant instead of the normal \verb. In addition, it is possible to collect an argument verbatim to either typeset or write it into a file. The \Verbdef command defines verbatim text to a macro which can later be used to write the verbatim text to a file.
This is a package for formatting captions of column figures and column tabular material, which cannot be standard floats in a multicols environment. The package also provides a convenient way to customise your captions, whether they be in multicols or not.
Build tools to process tokens from an input stream
The tokcycle package helps one to build tools to process tokens from an input stream. If a macro to process an arbitrary single token can be built, then tokcycle can provide a wrapper for cycling through an input stream (including macros, spaces, and groups) on a token-by-token basis, using the provided macro on each successive character. tokcycle characterizes each successive token in the input stream as a Character, a Group, a Macro, or a Space. Each of these token categories are processed with a unique directive, to bring about the desired effect of the token cycle. If condition flags are provided to identify active, implicit, and catcode-6 tokens as they are digested. The package provides a number of options for handling groups.
The package generalises the macro patching commands provided by P. Lehmann's etoolbox. The difference between this package and its sibling xpatch is that this package sports a very powerful \regexpatchcmd based on the l3regex module of the LaTeX3 experimental packages.
The package can generate thumb indexes for your document. It features printing thumb indexes on one- or two-sided pages, along with background- and foreground-color selection and full LaTeX styling of the chapter numbers in the thumb indexes. The height of each thumb index is automatically chosen based on the number of chapters in your document, while the width is chosen by the user. The package is designed to work with the memoir class, and also requires PerlTeX and tikz/
An environment for typesetting tables of specified width
The package defines a new environment that, unlike tabularX, typesets a table of specified width by working on the inter- column glue; the tabular cells will all be stretched (or shrunk) according to need. The package will use the e-TeX arithmetic extensions if they are available (they are, in most modern distributions).
Spanish language module for glossaries package
Collect contents of a tabular cell as argument to a macro
The package provides macros that collect the content of a tabular cell, and offer them as an argument to a macro. Special care is taken to remove all aligning macros inserted by tabular from the cell content. The macros also work in the last column of a table, but do not support verbatim material inside the cells.
Allow hyperref and natbib to work together
Allows hyperref package and the natbib package with options 'numbers' and 'sort&compress' to work together. This means that multiple sequential citations (e.g [3,2,1]) will be compressed to [1-3], where the '1' and the '3' are (color-)linked to the bibliography.
A package to extract RCS (Revision Control System) information and use it in a LaTeX document. For users of LaTeX2HTML rcsinfo.perl is included.
The package is provided as a bundle with the nicefrac package for typing fractions. Units uses nicefrac in typesetting physical units in a standard-looking sort of way.
This is a bundle of macros that the author uses in the coding of others of his macro files.
A fork of imakeidx to fixe one bug with bidi
This package is a fork of the imakeidx package. The original authors of imakeidx declined some upgrade suggestions to remove incompatibilities with certain packages that are particularly important with critical editions dealing with languages that are being written from right to left. Therefore this fork was created in order to let other users benefit from its functionalities very useful in the field of humanities.
The makecookbook bundle contains the files needed to create a nice quality family cookbook in a form ready to submit to most print-on-demand companies. Modifiable choices have been made regarding standard book features such as trim size, margins, headers/footers, chapter heading formatting, front matter (copyright page, table of contents, etc.) and back matter (index). Commands and environments have been created to format the food stories and recipes. The user will need to: supply their own food stories and recipes(!), and install the needed fonts. We assume a LuaTeX compile. Please note that no new document class or package is included here. Rather, we provide a modifiable preamble and a small number of other files that, together, fully support creation of all of the internal pages of a cookbook (i.e., everything except the cover art).
Session and timing information in lecture notes
This LaTeX2e package makes it possible to add timing marks to lecture notes in order to help managing the time available for presenting a given section of the document. It also provides tools to record and estimate the progress throughout the course.
The accessibility package is intended to create tagged, structured PDF documents from LaTeX source code. It allows to produce tagged PDF output following Adobe's PDF-1.5 and 1.6 specifications. This package is predominantly targeted at documents produced using the KOMA-Script document classes.
Beamer theme for thesis defense presentations at Masaryk University (Brno, Czech Republic)
A beamer theme for the typesetting of thesis defense presentations at the Masaryk University (Brno, Czech Republic). The theme has been designed for easy extensibility by color themes of other academic institutions.
Experimentally use \holdinginserts with LaTeX floats
LaTeX's figures, tables, and \marginpars are dangerous for footnotes (and probably also \enlargethispage). Here is a proposal (a 'patch' package) to help, by using \holdinginserts in a simple way. It replaces the original problem with a new one -- it is an experiment to find out whether the new problem is less bad (or it is just a contribution to the discussion, maybe just a summary of previous work). The files provide further information.
The package puts running, customizable thumb marks in the outer margin, moving downward as the chapter number (or whatever shall be marked by the thumb marks) increases. Additionally an overview page/table of thumb marks can be added automatically, which gives the names of the thumbed objects, the page where the object/thumb mark first appears, and the thumb mark itself at its correct position. The thumb marks are useful for large documents (such as reference guides, anthologies, etc.), where a quick and easy way to find (for example) a chapter is needed.
Create beautiful semester timetables and more
This package defines several useful environments for a beautiful printable semester plan. It includes a timetable (which is using the schedule-Package) as well as appointments, deadlines, and exams. The package requires color, TikZ, schedule, and fontawesome. Furthermore, documents need to be compiled with LuaLaTeX.
Emulate look of a document typed on a typewriter
This package is designed for those who have to submit dissertations, etc., to institutions that still maintain the typewriter is the summit of non-professional printing.
This package is unneeded and does nothing when used with a LaTeX format 2020-10-01 or newer as in this case the format provides the \AtEndDvi command. For older formats it implements \AtEndDvi, a counterpart to \AtBeginDvi. The execution of its argument is delayed to the end of the document at the end of the last page. Thus \special and \write remain effective, because they are put into the last page. This is the main difference to \AtEndDocument.
A simple and clean theme for LaTeX beamer class
This package provides a simple but nice theme for Beamer, with the following features: simple structure: with page numbers at footer, no head bar and side bar simple templates: displaying theorems with traditional inline style simple colors: using only several foreground and background colors
Label any kind of term with a continuous counter
The termlist package provides environments to indent and label any kind of terms with a continuous number. Candidate terms may appear inside an equation or eqnarray environment.
The package arranges that equation numbers are applied only to those equations that are referenced. This operation is similar to the showonlyrefs option of the package mathtools.
Move floats to the end, leaving markers where they belong
Place all floats on pages by themselves at the end of the document, optionally leaving markers like "[Figure 3 about here]" in the text near to where the figure (or table) would normally have occurred. Float types figure and table are recognised by the package, unmodified. Since several packages define other types of float, it is possible to register these float types with endfloat.
Creates miniature documents inside other LaTeX documents
This package can be used to create miniature documents inside other LaTeX documents. Inside the minidocument all features of the outer vertical mode like page breaking, floats, marginpars, etc. are available.
This package provides array data structures in (La)TeX, in the meaning of the classical procedural programming languages like Fortran, Ada or C, and macros to manipulate them. Arrays can be mono or bi-dimensional. This is useful for applications which require high level programming techniques, like algorithmic graphics programmed in the TeX language. The package supersedes the arrayjob package.
Input files ignoring LaTeX preamble, etc
Input or include stand-alone LaTeX documents, ignoring everything but the material between \begin{document} and \end{document}.
The package offers tools to create shirts for TikZbears from the TikZlings package.
Provides a standard set of environments for writing minimization problems
This small library provides a standard set of environments for writing minimization problems. It automatically aligns the problems in three points with an optional fourth: Beginning of the words "minimize/argmin" and "subject to" The objective function and the longest left hand side of the constraints The $= | > | <$ signs of the constraints. Optionally, the user can add manually a double align character && to align some common constraints feature. A clear example could be the constraints names, e.g. (boundary constraint) alignment with (dynamic constraint). Furthermore, it provides an easy interface to define optimization problem for three different reference situations: Where no equation is referenced/numbered. Where the problem is referenced with a single number. Where each equation has an individual reference. Finally, it also allows a definition of any optimization problem without a limitless number of constraints.
Fix uneven spacing around ellipses in LaTeX text mode
This is a simple package that fixes a problem in the way LaTeX handles ellipses: it always puts a tiny bit more space after \dots in text mode than before it, which results in the ellipsis being off-center when used between two words.
Associate a pop-up window and tooltip with PDF hyperlinks
The cooltooltips package enables a document to contain hyperlinks that pop up a brief tooltip when the mouse moves over them and also open a small window containing additional text. cooltooltips provides the mechanism used by the Visual LaTeX FAQ to indicate the question that each hyperlink answers.
Show all possible hyphenations in LuaLaTeX
With this package, LuaLaTeX will indicate all possible hyphenations in the printed output.
Individual typesetting of subfiles of a "main" document
Using subfiles the user can handle multi-file projects more comfortably making it possible to both process the subsidiary files by themselves and to process the main file that includes them, without making any changes to either.
typeset sequences with justification pointers
This package lets you typeset justified sequences, also called pointing strings. It's used for instance, in research papers about Game Semantics to represent sequence of game moves with their associated justification pointers. Depending on wether using LaTeX or pdfLaTeX, the package uses PSTricks and pst-node respectively pgf/TikZ.
A LaTeX2e class for making multiple choice questionnaires
QCM is a package for making multiple choices questionnaires under LaTeX2e ("QCM" is the French acronym for this style of test). A special environment allows you to define questions and possible answers. You can specify which answers are correct and which are not. QCM not only formats the questions for you, but also generates a 'form' (a grid that your students will have to fill in), and a 'mask' (the same grid, only with correct answers properly checked in). You can then print the mask on a slide and correct the questionnaires more easily by superimposing the mask on top of students' forms. QCM can also typeset exam corrections automatically, and comes with support for AUC-TeX.
Construct dichotomous identification keys
The package can be used to construct dichotomous identification keys (used especially in biology for species identification), taking care of numbering and indentation of successive key steps automatically. An example file is provided, which demonstrates usage.
Third parties often change the page numbers without rerunning makeindex. One would like to make the page numbers in the index entries more robust. This bundle provides robustindex.sty and robustglossary.sty, which use the \pageref mechanism to maintain correct page numbers
Create notes on appendix frames in beamer
This package introduces the \appxnote command, which puts the note's content on a separate beamer frame shown by the command \printappxnotes. It also creates interactive buttons to move back and forth between the two frames.
The package defines an \excludeonly command, which is (in effect) the opposite of \includeonly. If both \includeonly and \excludeonly exist in a document, only files "allowed" by both will be included. The package redefines the internal \@include command, so it conflicts with packages that do the same. Examples are the classes paper.cls and thesis.cls.
The package makes writing derivatives very easy. It offers macros for derivatives, partial derivatives and multiple derivatives, and allows specification of the point at which the value is calculated. Some typographic alternatives may be selected by package options
Generalisations of the page advance commands
Provides \clearpage and \newpage variants that guarantee to end up on even/odd numbered pages; these 4 commands all have an optional argument whose content will be placed on any "empty" page generated.
breton language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "breton" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
A simple way to create dynamic blocks for Beamer
The package provides full customisation of the aspect and dimensions of blocks inside a presentation.
The listliketab package helps the user make list-like tabulars, i.e., a tabular that is indistinguishable from an itemize or enumerate environment. The advantage of using a tabular is that the user can add additional columns to each entry in the list.
The package provides commands to deal with substrings of strings. Macros are provided to: determine if one string is a substring of another, return the parts of a string before or after a substring, and count the number of occurrences of a substring.
Check references (in figures, table, equations, etc)
The package checks references in a document, looking for numbered but unlabelled equations, for labels which are not used in the text, for unused bibliography references. It can also display label names in text near corresponding numbers of equations and/or bibliography references.
Control layout of itemize, enumerate, description
This package provides user control over the layout of the three basic list environments: enumerate, itemize and description. It supersedes both enumerate and mdwlist (providing well- structured replacements for all their funtionality), and in addition provides functions to compute the layout of labels, and to 'clone' the standard environments, to create new environments with counters of their own.
Get the current git hash of a project and typeset it in the document
This package will get a description of the current git version of the document and store it in a command \gitVer. If memoir or fancyhdr are in use, it will also add this to the document footers unless the option "noheader" is passed. The package also defines a command \versionBox which outputs a box containing the version and date of compilation. The package requires hyperref, catchfile, pdftexcmds, and datetime.
Draw framed boxes with standard CSS attributes that can break over multiple pages
The longfbox package provides framed boxes that can be customized using standard CSS attributes. It was written to support precise rendering of Madoko documents in LaTeX.
This package is a small LaTeX package that adds a collection of simple macros for parentheses and bullets. It exists for one purpose only: To be loaded by documents which were originally typeset using the package SemanTeX, but which have been stripped of SemanTeX markup using the package stripsemantex which is part of SemanTeX. Therefore, unless your document is one of those, simply don't use this package. And even if your document is one of those, there is a good chance you will not have to load it after all. In most cases, you will be able to replace the macros it provides by macros from other packages.
Many free fonts are extensions of a basic font family with new glyphs or shapes. Such fonts may be given a new name due to licence reasons or to the creator's preference. The package facilitates the task of setting up a font family as substitute for another one, using its \substitutefont command.
This package provides a macro to select the first font XeLaTeX or LuaTeX can find in a comma separated list and, additionally, a number of macro tests.
Collect and process macro arguments as boxes
The package provides macros to collect and process a macro argument (i.e., something which looks like a macro argument) as a horizontal box rather than as a real macro argument. The "arguments" are stored as if they had been saved by \savebox or by the lrbox environment. Grouping tokens \bgroup and \egroup may be used, which allows the user to have the beginning and end of a group in different macro invocations, or to place them in the begin and end code of an environment. Arguments may contain verbatim material or other special use of characters. The macros were designed for use within other macros.
This package ensures that all acronyms used in the text are spelled out in full at least once. It also provides an environment to build a list of acronyms used. The package is compatible with pdf bookmarks. The package requires the suffix package, which in turn requires that it runs under e-TeX.
croatian language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "croatian" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package provides commands \makefirstuc that uppercases the first letter in its argument, and \xmakefirstuc which expands the argument before uppercasing.
Defines two pagestyles that provide underlined page heads in LaTeX.
Allows the marking of preliminary versions of a document
Puts text below the normal page content (the default text marks the document as draft and puts a timestamp on it). Can be used together with e.g. the vrsion, rcs and rcsinfo packages. Uses the everyshi package and can use the scrtime package from the koma-script bundle.
VPE is a system to make the equivalent of "source special" marks in a PDF file. Clicking on a mark will activate an editor, pointing at the source line that produced the text that was marked. The system comprises a perl file (vpe.pl) and a LaTeX package (vpe.sty); it will work with PDF files generated via LaTeX/dvips, pdfTeX (version 0.14 or better), and LaTeX/VTeX. Using the LaTeX/dvips or pdfLaTeX routes, the (pdf)TeX processor should be run with shell escapes enabled.
The package provides several page layouts, selectable by package options.
Defines the 256 colors from Google Material Color Palette
The package is built on top of the great xcolor package. It provides a useful definition of the beautiful Google Material Color Palette, available at Google Material design, for its use in document writing with LaTeX and Friends.
The package works in the same sort of way as pst-pdf, but it also processes the PostScript graphics with psfrag to add labels within the graphic, before conversion. Thus the bundle replaces two steps of an ordinary workflow. (Naturally, the package requires that \write 18 is enabled.) Pstool ensures that each version of each graphic is compiled once only (the graphic is (re-)compiled only if it has changed since the previous compilation of the document). This drastically speeds up the running of the package in the typical case (though the first run of any document is inevitably just as slow as with any similar package).
This package provides support for many indexes, leaving all the bookkeeping to LaTeX and makeindex. No extra programs or files are needed. One runs latex and makeindex as if there is just one index. In the main file one puts commands like \setindex{main} to steer the flow. Some features of makeindex may no longer work.
Latin language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "latin" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
returntogrid offers a few commands to get something like an simple, semi-automatic grid typesetting. It does more or less what the existing gridset package does. The main differences to gridset are that returntogrid works also with LuaLaTeX and that it has also a command to do some horizontal movements to get to "tab" positions.
This package offers a means to remove the limitation, of only two properties, that is inherent in the way LaTeX's reference system works. The package implements an extensible referencing system, where properties may be defined and used in the course of a document. It provides an interface for macro programmers to access the new reference scheme and some modules that use it. Modules available are: zref-user, use zref for "traditional" labels and references; zref-abspage, retrieve absolute page numbers (physical pages, as opposed to the 'logical' page number that is normally typeset when a page number is requested; zref-lastpage, provide a zref-label for the last page of the document; zref-nextpage, provide the page number of the next page of the document; zref-totpages, provide the total number of pages in the document; zref-pagelayout, provide the page layout parameters of a each page (which may then be printed at the end of the document); zref-perpage, make a counter reset for each new page; zref-titleref, make section title or caption text available through the reference system; zref-savepos, make positions on a page available; zref-dotfill, controlled dot-filling; zref-env, record the latest environment's name and the line it started on; and zref-xr, provide the facilities of the xr and xr-hyper packages.
Footnote-style bibliographical references
This package addresses the problem of expressing citations in a style that is natural for humanities studies, yet does not interfere with the flow of text (as author-year styles do). The package differs from footbib in that it uses real footnotes, potentially in the same series as any of the document's other footnotes. Opcit also, as its name implies, avoids repetition of full citations, achieving this, to a large extent, automatically.
Documentation support for C, Java and assembler code
The package provides a simple means of typesetting computer programs such that the result is acceptable for inclusion in reports, etc.
The bundle consists of: a tool for collecting text for later re- use, a tool for typesetting the "meta-information" within a text, a tool for use in constructing macros with multiple optional parameters, a package for multiple column parallel texts, a tool for processing key-value structured lists, and macros for typesetting a number as a German-language string.
Make a format containing a document's preamble
The file mylatex.ltx permits you to create a format that pre-loads a set of package files (and/or other macros) that you regularly use. In some circumstances, this can be a great advantage (though on an ordinarily fast modern computer on the desktop, gains will be limited). The general scheme is to initialise your usage by a command of the form: latex -ini mylatex.ltx <document> whick will create a format file mylatex.fmt, which you then use as: latex -fmt=mylatex <document>
The package provides a mechanism that maintains a fixed symbolic reference to numerical results; such results may vary as the project proceeds (and hence the project report develops).
This package declares box drawing characters of old code pages, e.g. cp437. It uses rules instead of using a font.
Annotate compliance with cybersecurity requirements
This LaTeX package helps you write documents indicating your compliance with cybersecurity requirements. It also helps you format your document in a form suitable inside the U.S. Department of Defense, by attaching distribution statements, destruction notices, organization logos, and security labels to it.
The ncc class provides a framework for a common class to replace the standard article, book and report classes, and providing a "preprint" class. The class's extensions are provided in a number of small packages, some of which may also be used with the standard classes. The ncclatex package also loads many of the packages of, and requires the latest version of the ncctools bundle.
The name is by way of being an acronym for "Yet Another Grand Unified Symbols Loader"... The package allows the user to access a symbol without loading the package that usually provides it; this has the advantage of avoiding the name clashes that so commonly trouble those who load symbol- packages.
Just like sed is a stream editor, ted is a token list editor. Actually, it is not as powerfull as sed, but its main feature is that it really works with tokens, not only characters. The ted package provides two user macros: \Substitute and \ShowTokens. The first is maybe the most useful: it performs substitutions in token lists (even inside braces). The second displays each token of the list (one per line) with its catcode (in the list, not just the current one), and can be useful for debugging or for TeX learners. Ted is designed to work well even if strange tokens (that is, unusual {charcode, catcode} pairs or tokens with a confusing meaning) occur in the list.
Define reference labels items with names of their own
The package provides commands to define enumerable items with a number and a long name, which can be referenced referenced later with the name or just the short form. For instance, "Milestone M1: Specification created" can be defined and later on be referenced with 'M1' or 'M1 ("Specification created")'. The text in the references is derived from the definition and also rendered as hyperlink to the definition.
Xdoc is a project to rewrite the implementation of the LaTeX doc package (in a broader sense) to make its features more general and flexible. For example, where doc only provides commands for documenting macros and environments, xdoc also provides commands for similarly documenting package options and switches. This is furthermore done in such a way that it is very easy to add more such commands for documenting things, such as e.g., templates (an important concept in the future LaTeX3) and program components for other languages (functions, classes, procedures, etc.). A side effect is that many minor bugs in doc are fixed. The design aims to take advantage of many still experimental features of future versions of LaTeX, but since these are neither reasonably stable nor widely available, the configuration interfaces and package author commands of xdoc are likely to change. To still provide a stable interface for other packages to build upon, the actual package names include a "major version number" of sorts. The drop-in replacement package for standard doc is xdoc2; it requires nothing outside standard LaTeX2e. The docindex/docidx2e package changes the index and list of changes typesetting so that none of the formatting has to be controlled via the index style file. The docindex package provides control of formatting via templates (nice interface, but requires several experimental packages), whereas the docidx2e package has traditional raw macro interfaces and works with standard LaTeX2e.
The package provides the means of creating hyperlinks, from a footnote at the bottom of the page, back to the occurence of the footnote in the main text.
This package provides commands for abbreviating the word "Suppose" in six fonts and with other variations. The author recommends only using these commands when the immediately succeeding strings are mathematical in nature. He does not recommend using them in formal work. The package requires amsmath, amsfonts, and graphicx.
Easy addition of wallpapers (background images) to LaTeX documents, including tiling
This collection contains files to add wallpapers (background images) to LaTeX documents. It uses the eso-pic package, but provides simple commands to include effects such as tiling. An example is provided, which works under both LaTeX and pdfLaTeX.
The package provides commands for typesetting number lines (coordinate axes), coordinate systems and grids in the picture environment. The package may be integrated with other drawing mechanisms: the documentation shows examples of drawing graphs (coordinate tables created by Maple), using the eepic package's drawing capabilities.
A package to typeset syntactic trees such as those used in Chomsky's Generative grammar, based on a description of the structure of the tree.
Create dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
TeXPower is a bundle of packages intended to provide an all- inclusive environment for designing pdf screen presentations to be viewed in full-screen mode, especially for projecting `online' with a video beamer. For some of its core functions, it uses code derived from ppower4 packages. It is, however, not a complete environment in itself: it relies on an existing class for preparing slides (such as foiltex or seminar) or another package such as pdfslide.
galician language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "galician" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Converting between common metric and Imperial units
This LaTeX package implements a \SmartUnit macro for converting between (some) metric and Imperial units. The package requires pgfkeys and siunitx.
Change the kernel internal \@bsphack/\@esphack so that it is also invisible in vertical mode.
The \DeclareCaption command defines a class of caption command associated with the counter specified to the command. These commands are free-standing (i.e., don't need to be inside a float environment). The package uses \DeclareCaption to define \figcaption and \tabcaption, which can be used outside figure or table environments.
The package formats articles using the MLA style. The aim is that students and other academics in the humanities should be able to typeset their materials, properly, with minimal effort on their part.
Relative alignment of rows in numeric columns in tabulars
Defines a tabular column type for formatting numerical columns in LaTeX. The column type enables numerical items to be right justified relative to each other, while centred beneath the column label. In addition, macros are provided to enable variations on this column type to be defined. Usage of the package is superficially similar to that of dcolumn; however, the alignment scheme is different, and the packages have different, though overlapping, applications.
A package for writing Moodle quizzes in LaTeX. In addition to typesetting the quizzes for proofreading, the package compiles an XML file to be uploaded to a Moodle server.
Write your articles or books in a simple and clear way
This package offers you a LaTeX style file and two classes to typeset articles or books in a simple and clear way. These classes currently have native support for English, French and German typesetting. They compile with any major TeX engine. You may also wish to consider the packages einfart and simplivre, which are enhanced versions of the classes provided here. They have unicode support, thus can only be used with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. Currently they have native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese and Russian typesetting, and also use more beautiful fonts.
Typeset 5.5" x 8" recipes for browsing or printing
This is a LaTeX2e class for typesetting recipes. It is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page, with dimensions of 5.5" x 8.5". The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient, and the pages can be joined together or printed two per sheet to normal letterpaper easily. The size was chosen to work in half-page 3-ring binder cover sheets.
Class and package files building on iso for typesetting the ISO 10303 (STEP) standards. Standard documents prepared using these packages have been published by ISO.
The package allows the user to generate multiple documents from a single source, by marking pieces of the document with tags and specifying which marked pieces to include or exclude.
Variations on the primitive command \expandafter
The package provides two user commands; one that performs multiple expansions, and one that does multiple \expandafter operations, in a single macro call. The package requires eTeX's \numexpr command. The author suggests that the same effect could be provided by use of the command variant mechanisms of LaTeX 3 (see, for example, the interface documentation of the experimental LaTeX 3 kernel).
Encapsulate Gnuplot sources in LaTeX documents
A package to encapsulate gnuplot commands in a LaTeX source file, so that a document's figures are maintained in parallel with the document source itself.
The package modifies the behaviour of characters in maths mode so that: '.' is used as a one-thousand separator (as is common in Germany) ',' is used as a decimal separator (as is common in Germany) '--' is represented with spacing as appropriate to such constructs as '1.000,--'. These conversions may be switched on and off.
Functions and objects for the computation of physical quantities
This is a pure Lua library, which provides functions and objects for the computation of physical quantities. The package provides units of the SI and the imperial system. In order to display the numbers with measurement uncertainties, the package is able to perform Gaussian error propagation.
Format menu sequences, paths and keystrokes from lists
The package allows easy input and formatting of menu sequences, using menus set with commands such as \menu{Extras > Settings > General}, paths using a command like \path{macros/latex/contrib/menukeys} and short cuts such as \keys{\ctrl + C}. The output is highly configurable by providing different styles and colour themes.
Add-on packages for listings: autogobble and line background
The bundle contains a small collection of add-on packages for the listings package. Current packages are: lstlinebgrd: colour the background of some or all lines of a listing; and lstautogobble: set the standard "gobble" option to the indent of the first line of the code.
The theoremref package provides variants of the \label and \ref commands for theorem-like environments, capable of automatically typesetting references including the theorem name (apart from the theorem number). The scheme is particularly valuable if the author decides to change a lemma to a proposition or a theorem (or whatever).
Package to fit text to a given width or height by scaling the font. For example: \scaletowidth{3in}{This}. (The job is done by calculating a magstep and applying it to the current font; thus "This" will be very tall, as well as very wide; to scale in just one dimension, use the facilities of the graphicx package.)
Italian full text styles for the datetime2 package
Italian date and time styles that use words for the numbers and ordinals. This package provides the following date and time styles: "it-fulltext" and "it-fulltext-twenty-four". The first style uses a format "am pm", the second a format "24 hours". The necessary packages are datetime2, itnumpar, ifxetex, and ifluatex. This package is the translation and adaptation of datetime2-en-fulltext.
The package aims to provide a 'one-stop' solution to requirements for footnotes. It offers: Multiple footnote apparatus superior to that of manyfoot Footnotes can be formatted in separate paragraphs, or be run into a single paragraph (this choice may be selected per footnote series); Things you might have expected (such as \verb-like material in footnotes, and colour selections over page breaks) now work. Note that the majority of the bigfoot package's interface is identical to that of manyfoot; users should seek information from that package's documentation. The bigfoot bundle also provides the perpage and suffix packages.
Insert a graphical image as a background
The package defines two new commands \graphicxbox and \fgraphicxbox, which are companions to \colorbox and \fcolorbox of the Standard LaTeX color package. The \graphicxbox command inserts a graphical image as a background rather than a background color, while \fgraphicxbox does the same thing, but also draws a colored frame around the box.
The pagenote package provides tagged notes on a separate page (also known as 'end notes'). Unless the memoir class is used, the package requires the ifmtarg package.
Defines commands \counterwithin (which sets up a counter to be reset when another is incremented) and \counterwithout (which unsets such a relationship).
Adds names to chapters, sections, figures in the TOC and LOF.
The package may be used to add a small amount of data to an entry in the table of contents or list of figures, between the section name and the page number. The typical use would be to add the name of an author or artist of a chapter or section, such as in an anthology or a collection of papers. Additionally, user-level macros are provided which add the author's name to a chapter or section, along with an optional prefix and/or suffix, and add to a figure the artist's name, prefix, and suffix, plus optional additional text. Author and artist names are also added to the index. Additional user-level macros control formatting.
Extremely configurable ellipses with formats for various style manuals
The xellipsis package provides a system for configuring (almomst) every possible aspect of ellipses, including preceding and proceeding characters; the character itself; distances before and after each of these; and number of characters. It comes with both a compatibility option for standard LaTeX \ldots as well as preset package options for the Chicago Manual of Style (Turabian); the Bluebook; and MLA guidelines.
Increase the number of available output streams in LaTeX
The package addresses, for LaTeX documents, the severe limitation on the number of output streams that TeX provides. The package uses a single TeX output stream, and writes "marked- up" output to this stream. The user may then post-process the marked-up output file, using LaTeX, and the document's output appears as separate files, according to the calls made to the package. The output to be post-processed uses macros from the widely-available ProTeX package.
Detecting and warning about obsolete LaTeX commands
Old habits die hard. All the same, there are commands, classes and packages which are outdated and superseded. The nag package provides routines to warn the user about the use of such obsolete things. As an example, we provide an extension that detects many of the "sins" described in l2tabu.
The package provides a small set of commands to implement stacks independently of TeX's own stack. As an example of how the stacks might be used, the documentation offers a small "relinput" package that implements the backbone of the import package.
This package provides advanced facilities for inline and display quotations. It is designed for a wide range of tasks ranging from the most simple applications to the more complex demands of formal quotations. The facilities include commands, environments, and user-definable 'smart quotes' which dynamically adjust to their context. Quotation marks are switched automatically if quotations are nested and they can be adjusted to the current language if the babel package is available. There are additional facilities designed to cope with the more specific demands of academic writing, especially in the humanities and the social sciences. All quote styles as well as the optional active quotes are freely configurable. The package is dependent on e-TeX, and requires the author's etoolbox package.
A LaTeX class for typesetting letters and invoices
The isodoc class can be used for the preparation of letters and invoices (and, in the future, similar documents). Documents are set up with options, thus making the class easily adaptable to user's wishes and extensible for other document types. The class is based on the NTG brief class by Victor Eijkhout, which implements the NEN1026 standard.
If the inputenc is used and German umlauts are input directly, they are converted to the LICR representation \"a (etc.). This breaks the sort algorithm of makeindex, for instance. Ginpenc converts umlauts and the sharp-s to the short forms defined by babel, e.g., "a instead, if the text is typeset in German.
This package turns a BibTeX bibliography file into a randomly-coloured, randomly-sized shelf of books, with the title and author in a randomly-chosen typeface.
This class extends the a0poster class in that it adds support to easily create posters without the need for taking care of the layout at all. It allows to use \maketitle to generate a fancy header containing the title information and also provides macros to position various different types of text boxes in a two-column layout. The color scheme is inspired by the metropolis beamer theme.
A flexible package that allows commas (or anything else) to be inserted every three digits in a number, as in 1,234.
In financial reports, text and currency amounts are regularly put in one table, e.g., a year balance or a profit-and-loss overview. This package provides the settings for automatically typesetting such columns, including the sum line (preceded by a rule of the correct width) using the specifier "f".
This package extends package soul and adds some support for UTF-8. Namely the input encodings in 'utf8.def' from package inputenc and 'utf8x.def' from package ucs are supported.
Support for Washington University Cyrillic fonts
The package supports the use of the Washington Cyrillic fonts with LaTeX (Note that standard LateX has support, too, as encoding OT2). The package is distributed as part of the fundus bundle.
Scottish Gaelic Language Module for the datetime2 Package
This module provides the "scottish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Semi-automatic detection of input encoding
This package selects the input encoding by specifying pairs of input characters and their glyph names.
Enclose the document body with some pieces of code
The package enables authors to designate in the preamble to make the document body enclosed with the given pieces of code. As is known, there are already various mechanisms provided by LaTeX kernel or packages that attach hooks at the beginning and end of documents.
Allows selected environments to be included/excluded
The package defines an environment that only typesets specified environments within its scope. So, for example, if you want nothing but the figure and table environments in your document, you can enclose the whole document with an xcomment environment that excludes everything but. This is a lot easier than excluding the chunks of text between the environments you want, or creating an entire document containing only those environments. The package was previously part of the seminar bundle for typesetting presentations.
Finnish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "finnish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
This package lets you add comments in the page margins of PDF files, e.g. when reviewing manuscripts or grading reports. The PDF file to be annotated is included, one page at a time, as graphics, in a manner similar to the pdfpages package. Notes are placed in the margin next to the included graphics using a grid of help lines. Alternatively, only numbers are placed in the page margins, and the notes are collected into a numbered list at the end of the document. Note that this package is not intended for adding notes directly to the LaTeX source of the document that is being reviewed; instead, the document undergoing review is already in PDF format and remains unchanged. Also note that this package does not produce the usual PDF "sticky notes" that must be opened by clicking on them; instead, the notes are simply shown as text. This package depends on the following other LaTeX package: adjustbox, calc, geometry, graphicx, grffile, ifthen, kvoptions, tikz, ulem, and xstring.
Typset index entries in Spanish documents
This package helps you to create indexes in Spanish. With esindex you can write, say, \esindex{canon} and the entry will be correctly alphabetized in the index. This release of esindex works with accented characters in any encoding, and without babel.
A package for (La)TeX which provides some macros which are convenient for writing indexes, glossaries, or other macros. It contains macros which support: implicit macros; fancy optional arguments; loops over tokenlists and itemlists; searching and splitting; controlled expansion; redefinition of macros; and concatenated macro names; macros for text replacement.
A package for typesetting various transformation signs for Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms and others.
Bundle individual documents into a single document
The combine class lets you bundle individual documents into a single document, such as when preparing a conference proceedings. The auxiliary combinet package puts the titles and authors from \maketitle commands into the main document's Table of Contents. The package cooperates with the abstract and titling packages.
Multimedia inclusion for the dvisvgm backend
This package implements an interface for embedding video and audio files in SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) output. SVG with embedded media is very portable, as it is supported by all modern Web browsers across a variety of operating systems and platforms, including portable devices. All DVI producing TeX engines can be used. The dvisvgm utility, which is part of all major TeX distributions, converts the intermediate DVI to SVG. By default, media files are embedded into the SVG output to make self-sufficient SVG files. The package depends on iftex, expl3, l3keys2e, xparse, and atbegshi.
An extension of the hyperref package to provide a screen-based document design. This package helps to generate pdf documents that are readable on screen and will fit the screen's aspect ratio. Also it can be used with various options to produce regular print versions of the same document without any extra effort.
Support for the easy inclusion of graphics made by PAW (Physics Analysis Workstation). You need to have PAW installed on your system to benefit from this package.
The package lets you shade or colour the cells in the alignment environments such as \halign and LaTeX's tabular and array environments. The colortbl package is to be preferred today with LaTeX (it assures compatibility with the longtable package, which is no longer true with colortab); another modern option is the table-colouring option of the xcolor. However, colortab remains an adequate solution for use with Plain TeX.
Selective filtering of error messages and warnings
The package allows the user to filter out unwanted warnings and error messages issued by LaTeX, packages and classes, so they won't pop out when there's nothing one can do about them. Filtering goes from the very broad ("avoid all messages by such and such") to the fine-grained ("avoid messages that begin with..."). Messages may be saved to an external file for later reference.
Basque language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "basque" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty.
Vhistory simplifies the creation of a history of versions of a document. You can easily extract information like the current version of a list of authors from that history. It helps you to get consistent documents. The package sets, which is used by vhistory, allows you to use sets containing text. You can use the usual operations to create the union of sets or the intersection of sets etc.
Management and styling of student handout projects
This package can be used to generate a single master document that contains a set of individual student handouts. The package has two main functions. First, it provides a simple framework for organizing handout source code, and supplies a set of import management tools for selectively importing a subset of the handouts into the master document. Selective import is convenient when compilation of all of the handouts is unnecessary, for example when working on a new handout. As a secondary feature, the package defines a basic visual style for handouts. This style can be easily changed.
Device independent picture environment enhancement
Ebezier is a device independent extension for the standard picture environment. Linear, quadratic, and cubic bezier curves are supplied in connection with higher level circle drawing commands. Additionally some macros for the calculation of curve lenghts are part of this package.
ElegantBook is designed for writing Books. This template is based on the standard LaTeX book class. The goal of this template is to make the writing process more elegant. Just enjoy it!
A LaTeX class to generate several types of graph papers
Graphpaper is a LaTeX document class which allows to print several types of graph papers: bilinear (millimeter paper), semilogarithmic, bilogarithmic, polar, log-polar, Smith charts. It is based on the picture environment and its extensions.
This is an adaption for current LaTeX of a LaTeX 2.09 style by Silvano Balemi. It produces cards at the normal US card size, 76.2mm x 50.8mm.
Retain float number across several floats
The captcont package provides the ability to continue the numbering in your float environment (figure, table, etc.) with minimal overhead. This package adds three commands: \caption*, \captcont, and \captcont*. Along with the \caption command, these give full control over the caption numbering, caption text and the entries in the list-of pages. The \caption and \captcont commands generate list-of page entries. The \caption and \caption* commands increment the figure or table counter. Captcont also fully supports the subfigure package.
Typeset method and variable declarations
The package supports typesetting of programming language method and variable declarations. It supports declarations in German, French and English.
This package provides a LaTeX class for typesetting articles with a colorful design. Currently, it has native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese and Russian typesetting. It compiles with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This is part of the colorist class series and depends on colorist.sty from the colorist package. The package name "lebhart" is taken from the German word "lebhaft" ("vivid"), combined with the first three letters of "Artikel" ("article").
The varwidth environment is superficially similar to minipage, but the specified width is just a maximum value -- the box may get a narrower "natural" width.
Intended for the quick typesetting of basic documents using LaTeX using shortcuts to existing commands and specific commands for quick formatting and creation of tables and title pages with a graphic image.
Used with the letter documentclass to set the letter in a fullblock style (everything at the left margin).
Typesetting telephone numbers with LaTeX.
The phonenumbers package makes it possible to typeset telephone numbers according to different national conventions. German, Austrian, French, British and North American phone numbers are supported. Phone numbers from other countries are supported rudimentarily. The user can select from various formatting options, including the additional output of the country calling code. The package is able to check if a phone number is valid according to the national rules. It also allows to link phone numbers using the hyperref package.
Print Tibetan text in the classic pecha layout style
The pecha class provides an environment for writing Tibetan on LaTeX2e in the traditional Tibetan Pecha layout used for spiritual or philosophical texts, using the cTib4TeX package by Oliver Corff. It provides features like headers in different languages, page numbering in Tibetan and more.
The proofread package defines a few LaTeX commands that are useful when you proofread a LaTeX document. These allow you to easily highlight text and add comments in the margin. Vim escape sequences are provided for inserting these LaTeX commands in the source. The package is based on code for a text highlighting command that was published by Antal S-Z in href='http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5959'. The main file, proofread.dtx, is self-extracting, so you can generate the style file by compiling proofread.dtx with pdfLaTeX.
Literate Programming for Prolog with LaTeX
Instead of having to transform the common source into program or documentation, the central idea was to develop a method to have one common source which can be interpreted by a Prolog system as well as by LaTeX, whether that Prolog system be C- Prolog, Quintus-Prolog, or ECLiPSe.
By default, some of the tabbing environment's commands clash with default accent commands; LaTeX provides the odd commands \a', etc., to deal with the clash. The package offers a variant of the tabbing environment which does not create this difficulty, so that users need not learn two sets of accent commands.
Copperplate calligraphic letters in LaTeX
Provides a maths interface to the rsfs fonts.
Extend the applicability of the \footnote command
The package treats footnotes in \caption, the tabular environment, and \chapter and other \section-like commands.
provides a key/value interface for generating floats
The keyfloat package provides a key/value user interface for quickly creating figures with a single image each, figures with arbitrary contents, tables, subfloats, rows of floats, floats located [H]ere, floats in the [M]argin, and floats with text [W]rapped around them. Key/value combinations may specify a caption and label, a width proportional to \linewidth, a fixed width and/or height, rotation, scaling, a tight or loose frame, an \arraystretch, a continued float, additional supplemental text, and an artist/author's name with automatic index entry. When used with the tocdata package, the name also appears in the List of Figures. Floats may be placed into a row environment, and are typeset to fit within the given number of columns, continuing to the next row if necessary. Nested sub-rows may be used to generate layouts such as two small figures placed vertically next to one larger figure. Subfloats are supported by two environments.
The package produces screen/log messages of the form '<current> INPUTTING <next>' reporting LaTeX input commands (<current> and <next> being file names). The message is indented to reflect the level of input nesting. Tracing may be turned on and off, and the unit of indentation may be adjusted. The implementation somewhat resembles those of packages FiNK and inputfile.
Defines macros \makeendnotes, which converts \footnote to produce endnotes; and \theendnotes which prints them out.
This package provides commands for vectors, matrices, and tensors with different styles -- arrows (as the LaTeX default), underlined, and bold).
Interface between foiltex and LaTeX2HTML
Provides integration between FoilTeX and LaTeX2HTML, adding sectioning commands and elements of logical formatting to FoilTeX and providing support for FoilTeX commands in LaTeX2HTML.
The class provides support for the documentation of the author's packages, using koma-script. This class is provided "as is" solely for the benefit of anyone who wants to compile the documentation of those packages.
Typewriter-style fonts are best for program listings, but Computer Modern Typewriter prints ` and ' as bent opening and closing single quotes. Other fonts, and most programming languages, print ` as a grave accent and ' upright; ' is used both to open and to close quoted strings. The package switches the typewriter font to Computer Modern Typewriter in OT1 encoding, and modifies the behaviour of verbatim, verbatim*, \verb, and \verb* to print in the "` and ' way". It does thisregardless of other fonts or encodings in use, so long as the package is loaded after the other fonts were. The package does not affect \tt, \texttt, etc.
Some macros to display alert messages (informations, errors, warnings and success messages).
Provide hooks to be run on every page of a document
The package provides hooks to perform actions on every page, or on the current page. Specifically, actions are performed after the page is composed, but before it is shipped, so they can be used to prepare the output page in tasks like putting watermarks in the background, or in setting the next page layout, etc.
PDF/X-1a and PDF/A-1b support for pdfTeX
The package helps LaTeX users to create PDF/X-1a and PFD/A-1b compliant pdf documents with pdfTeX.
VERBatim Automatic Splitting of External Files
The package allows you to input (subsections of a) file, print them in verbatim mode, while automatically breaking up the input lines into pieces of a given length, which are output as figures. These figures are posted using the [H] specification, which forces LaTeX to place the figure at the spot of invocation, rather than floating the figures to the top of the next page. The package requires the verbatim, here and vrbexin packages.
Provides macros for defining systematic mnemonic abbreviations, starting with ` for math symbols and \" for arrows, using standard symbols as well as those from the amsfonts bundle and the stmaryrd package.
This LaTeX2e package provides a general purpose framework to describe and typeset exercises and exam questions along with their solutions. The package features mechanisms to hide or postpone solutions, to assign and handle points, to collect problems on exercise sheets, to store and use metadata, and to implement a consistent numbering. It also provides a very flexible interface for configuring and customising the formatting, layout, and representation of the exercise content.
Some macros for writing practical reports
This package provides a handful of macros for writing up science practical reports.
A package for incorporating the values of Subversion keywords into typeset documents. Information about Subversion (a replacement for CVS) is available from http://subversion.tigris.org/
The package provides PDF color spaces. Currently, only spot colors and overprinting are supported. It requires xcolor, and supports pdfTeX and luaTeX.
Place boxes at arbitrary positions on the LaTeX page
A package to facilitate placement of boxes at absolute positions on the LaTeX page. There are several reasons why this might be useful, an important one being to help the creation of large-format conference posters.
A LaTeX package for typesetting numbers, in particular floating point numbers, such as you find in program output.
Describe additional object types in dtx source files
The doc package includes tools for describing macros and environments in LaTeX source dtx format. This package adds additional tools for describing booleans, lengths, counters, keys, packages, classes, options, files, commands, arguments, and other objects. Each item is given a margin tag similar to \DescribeEnv, and is listed in the index by itself and also by category. Each item may be sorted further by an optional class. All index entries except code lines are hyperlinked. Descriptions are best accompanied by examples, so the environment dtxexample is provided. Contents are displayed verbatim along with a caption and cross-referencing. They are then \input and executed, and the result is shown.
The package generalises the macro patching commands provided by Philipp Lehmann's etoolbox.
Extract variables from the name of the LaTeX file
The package allows the user to extract information from the job name, provided that the name has been structured appropriately: the package expects the file name to consist of a set of words separated by hyphens.
An easier interface to insert figures, tables and other objects in LaTeX
In standard LaTeX inserting objects like figures or tables requires too much knowledge for beginners and too much typing effort and hardcoding for people like me. This package aims to make insertion of figures and tables easier for both beginners and experts. Despite the term floats in it's name it also allows to disable floating of such objects.
Sympathetically spaced ellipsis after punctuation
The package provides commands that give a well-spaced ellipsis after !, ?, !? or ?!.
Provides a mechanism to include fragments of dvi files with the graphicx package, so that you can use \includegraphics to include dvi files. The package requires the dvipaste program.
The macros include: format for question-and-answer; comments on answers; citations; a specialised enumerate which only operates in the catechism parts of a document. The macros are all highly customisable.
Provides commands \Underline, \Midline and \Overline for underlining, striking out, and overlining their text arguments.
This package provides a new command \newfontx. It is similar to the old (and deprecated) command \newfont in function, but is more compatible with NFSS. In particular, one can safely change font size after invoking a font command defined by \newfontx. The new command will be useful to users who know much of the old \newfont command but are unfamiliar with the detail of NFSS.
The package defines cross-references (essentially 'grand' label references), which may be listed in a table of cross- references.
Place a classification on each page of a document
Enables the user to place a 'classification' label on each page, at the bottom to the right of the page number
Typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs, instead of one above another; this is a re-seating, for the LaTeX environment, of an example in the TeXbook. The same basic code, improved for use in e-TeX-based LaTeX, appears in the comprehensive footnote package footmisc, and superior versions are also available in the manyfoot and bigfoot packages.
Typeset RCS version control in multiple-file documents
The package enables the user to typeset version control information provided by RCS keywords (e.g., $ID: ... $) in LaTeX documents that contain multiple TeX files. The package is based on the author's svn-multi package.
Reduce size of PostScript files by not repeating images
The package is an extension of the standard graphics bundle and provides a way to include repeated PostScript graphics (ps, eps) only once in a PostScript document. This leads to smaller PostScript documents when having, for instance, a logo on every page. The package only works when post-processed with dvips, which should eb version 5.95b or later. The difference for a resulting distilled PDF file is minimal (as Ghostscript and Adobe Distiller only include a single copy of each graphics file, anyway).
A class file for typesetting homework and lab assignments
Prevent trouble from citations in table of contents, etc
If you have \cite commands in \section-like commands, or in \caption, the citation will also appear in the table of contents, or list of whatever. If you are also using an unsrt- like bibliography style, these citations will come at the very start of the bibliography, which is confusing. This package suppresses the effect.
Access to R analysis from within a document
The package mediates interaction between LaTeX and R; it allows LaTeX to set R's parameters, and provides code to read R output.
A package which allows to use the Pygments highlighter inside LaTeX documents. Pygments supports syntax colouring of over 50 types of files, and ships with multiple colour schemes.
Control how text gets copied from a PDF file
The repltext package exposes to LaTeX a relatively obscure PDF feature: replacement text. When replacement text is specified for a piece of text, it is the replacement text, not the typeset text that is copied and pasted.
Typeset Cree/Inuktitut in Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
The bundle constitutes a font (as Metafont source) and LaTeX macros for its use within a document.
Section numbering and table of contents control
Provides control over section numbering (without recourse to starred sectional commands) and/or the entries in the Table of Contents on a section by section basis.
magyar language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "magyar" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Articles with teasers and continuation later on
Jumplines is a package for typesetting (newspaper) articles that show a teaser (some few lines of text/content) and are continued at a later place, with optional hyperlinking and a list of articles. It requires lualatex for colour support in split boxes.
The package implements a \crbox command which produces boxes with crossing lines at the corners.
A simple class for electronic presentations
Elpres is a simple class for electronic presentations to be shown on screen or a beamer. Elpres is derived from article.cls and may be used with LaTeX or pdfLaTeX.
The package provides a macro \sidenote, that places a note in the margin of the document, with its baseline aligned with the baseline in the body of the document. These sidenotes are numbered (both in the text, and on the notes themselves). The package loads the package etoolbox, pgfopts, marginnote and perpage.
Print numbers with separators and exponent if necessary
The package numprint prints numbers with a separator every three digits and converts numbers given as 12345.6e789 to 12\,345,6\cdot 10^{789}. Numbers are printed in the current mode (text or math) in order to use the correct font. Many things, including the decimal sign, the thousand separator, as well as the product sign can be changed by the user, e.g., to reach 12,345.6\times 10^{789}. If an optional argument is given it is printed upright as unit. Numbers can be rounded to a given number of digits. The package supports an automatic, language-dependent change of the number format. Tabular alignment using the tabular(*), array, tabularx, and longtable environments (similar to the dcolumn and rccol packages) is supported using all features of numprint. Additional text can be added before and after the formatted number.
Estimate the number of words in a LaTeX document
The package provides a relatively easy way of estimating the number of words in a LaTeX document that does not require dvitty or other DVI converters. It does however require something like Unix grep -c that can search a file for a particular string and report the number of matching lines. An accompanying shell script wordcount.sh contains more information in its comments.
The package makes it easier to produce examples for TeX course. It provides an example environment, which typesets its contents on the left of the page, and prints it verbatim on the right.
Definitions of the meaning of Unicode characters
The package provides a friendly interface for defining the meaning of Unicode characters. The document should be processed by (pdf)LaTeX with the unicode option of inputenc or inputenx, or by XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX. The command provided is \newunicodechar{<char>}{} where <char> is a directly- typed Unicode character, and is its replacement.
A LaTeX style for overlaying text on a PDF
It is often desirable to take an exisiting PDF and easily add annotations or text overlaying the PDF. This might arise if you wish to add comments to a PDF, fill in a PDF form, or add text to a PDF where space has been left for notes. This package provides a simple interface to do this without having to resort to inserting one page at a time. Some or all of the pages of the PDF can be included and not all pages of the PDF need have overlayed text. It is also possible to include text between pages of the PDF. Another advantage of this package is that the overlayed text can be set as normal flowing from one page to another or with manual page breaks if you wish. It is also possible to use any standard method to position text at arbitrary places on a given page. This package depends on xparse, everypage, and pdfpages.
This package provides improvements and extra features to the glossaries package. Some of the default glossaries.sty behaviour is changed by glossaries-extra.sty. See the user manual glossaries-extra-manual.pdf for further details.
The package defines an outline environment, which provides facilities similar to enumerate, but up to 6 levels deep.
Automatic cover page creation for scientific papers
The package CoverPage was created to supplement scientific papers with a cover page containing bibliographical information, a copyright notice, and/or some logos of the author's institution. The cover page is created (almost) automatically; this is done by parsing BibTeX information corresponding to the main document and reading a configuration file in which the author can set information like the affiliation he or she is associated with. The cover page consists of header, body and footer; all three are macros which can be redefined using \renewcommand, thus allowing easy customization of the package. Additionally, it should be stressed that the cover page layout is totally independent of the main document and its page layout. This package requires four other packages (keyval, url, textcomp, and verbatim), but all of them are standard packages and should be part of every LaTeX installation.
Simplify usage of \hypertarget and \hyperlink
Three hyperref-based macros that simplify usage of \hypertarget and \hyperlink: one argument instead of the same one twice. Also \gmiflink and \gmifref which typeset plain text instead of generating an error or printing '??' if there is no respective hypertarget or label.
The package enables the author to create acronyms in a simple way, and provides means to add them to different 'classes' of acronyms. Lists can be created of separate acronym classes. The package option 'single' instructs the package to ignore acronyms that are used only once in the whole document. As an experimental feature the package also offers the option 'sort' which automatically sorts the list created by \printacronyms.
Constrained scaling and stretching of objects
The package provides four commands for vertically scaling and stretching objects. Its primary function is the ability to scale/stretch and shift one object to conform to the size of a specified second object. This feature can be useful in both equations and schematic diagrams. Additionally, the scaling and stretching commands offer constraints on maximum width and/or minimum aspect ratio, which are often used to preserve legibility or for the sake of general appearance.
PSfragX offers a mechanism to embed \psfrag commands, as provided by the psfrag package, into the EPS file itself. Each time a graphic is included, the EPS file is scanned. If some tagged lines are found, they are used to define the psfrag replacements that should be performed automatically. In addition, a similar mechanism holds for overpic objects. These are picture objects superimposed on the included graphic. A similar mechanism is implemented in psfrag itself (but deprecated in the documentation), but psfragx offers much more flexibility. For example, if babel is used, it is possible to define different replacements corresponding to different languages. The replacements to take into account will be selected on the basis of the current language of the document. A Matlab script (LaPrint) is provided, to export an EPS file with psfragx annotations ready embedded.
Drawing sparklines: intense, simple, wordlike graphics
Sparklines are intense, simple, wordlike graphics (so named by Edward Tufte). In lieu of a more detailed introduction, Professor Tufte's site has an early release of a chapter on sparklines. A PHP implementation may be found at SourceForge. A sparkline can be added using the sparkline environment. Also, you can add sparkling rectangles for the median and special sparkling dots in red or blue. The package requires pdflatex; sparklines cannot appear in a dvi file. The sparklines package uses pgf, and does not work with pictex.
Create canonical page layouts with memoir
A canonic text layout has specified relations to a circle inscribed within the enclosing page. The package allows the user to use a canonic layout with the memoir class.
A package for LaTeX and BibTeX that facilitates the construction, maintenance and exploitation of an address book- like database.
Defines the 16 colors from Ethan Schoonover's Solarized palette
Built on top of the package, this package defines the sixteen colors of Ethan Schoonover's popular color palette, Solarized, for use in documents typeset with LaTeX and Friends.
This package provides some simple macros which will pad numbers (or, indeed, any expanded token) with your choice of character (defaulting to "0") to your choice of number of places (defaults to "2"). This works not only on arabic numerals, but on any expanded list of tokens passed to it. This makes it suitable for, among other things, counters of all kinds.
A collection of recommended add-on packages for LaTeX which have widespread use.
The package offers package or class authors a way to format counters with 'patterns'. These patterns do not affect affect 'normal' LaTeX treatment of counters.
This package makes it easy to combine and index individual PDF files into one large PDF file.
Associate counters, making them step when a master steps
The package provides the means of declaring a set of counters to be stepped, each time some 'master' counter is stepped.
Support importing and embellishing scanned documents
The bundle provides support for the process of creating documents based on pre-TeX-era material that is available as scanned pages, only.
A collection of small packages by Walter Schmidt
A bundle of packages that arise in the author's area of interest: compliance of maths typesetting with ISO standards; symbols that work in both maths and text modes commas for both decimal separator and maths; and upright Greek letters in maths.
Create commands using parameters and keyval in parallel
The package provides tools for defining LaTeX commands and environments using combinations of parameters and keys. All the facilities of the ltxkeys and skeyval packages are available to the user of skeycommand.
Build a format based on the preamble of a LaTeX file
The use of formats helps to speed up compilations: packages which have been dumped in the format are loaded at very high speed. This is useful when a document loads many packages (including large packages such as pgf-TikZ). The package was developed from the work in mylatex, and eliminates many of the limitations and problems of that package.
This package allows you to place notes on the verso pages of an otherwise single-sided document. If, in the run of text, you include a call to the macro \versonote{This is a remark}, then that text will be placed on the opposite (ie, 'verso') page, lined up with the macro call.
The package provides a mechanism for inputting non-ASCII text. Nowadays, the job is mostly done by the inputenc package in the LaTeX distribution.
The package provides facilities for creating and managing keys in the sense of the keyval and xkeyval packages, but it is intended to be more robust and faster. Its robustness comes from its ability to preserve braces in key values throughout parsing. The need to preserve braces in key values arises often in parsing keys (for example, in the xwatermark package). The package is faster than xkeyval package because (among other things) it avoids character-wise parsing of key values (called "selective sanitization" by the xkeyval package). The package also provides functions for defining and managing keys.
Produces a standard US invoice from a CSV file
This class produces a standard US commercial invoice using data from a CSV file. Invoices can span multiple pages. The class is configurable for different shipping addresses.
Courseoutline is a class designed to minimise markup in a tedious task that needs to be repeated often.
This experimental package can read and parse text tables delimited by user-defined tokens (e.g., tab). It can be used for serial letters and the like, making it easier to export the data file from MS-Excel/MS-Word
XML mastering for LaTeX classes and packages
The package provides an experiment in using XML (specifically DocBook 5) to mark up and maintain LaTeX classes and packages. XSLT 2 styleheets generate the .dtx and .ins distribution files expected by end users.
turkish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "turkish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
The package provides a consistent way of producing references throughout a project. Enough flexibility is provided to make local changes to a single reference. The user can configure their own setup. The package offers a direct interface to varioref (for use, for example, in large projects such as a series of books, or a multivolume thesis written as a series of documents), and name references from the nameref package may be incorporated with ease. For large projects such as a series of books or a multi volume thesis, written as freestanding documents, a facility is provided to interface to the xr package for external document references.
The package allows you to change the colour of the structural elements (inner theme and outer theme) of your beamer presentation during the presentation. There is a manual option but there is also the option to have your structure colour change from one colour to another as a function of how far through the presentation you are.
A LaTeX class for bank statements based on csv data
More and more banks allow their customers to download posting records in various formats. By using the bankstatement class, you can create bank statements, as long as a csv format is available. At the moment, the csv-mt940 and csv-camt formats -- used by many german Sparkassen -- are supported. You can quite easily add support for other csv formats. Simply define the order of the keys in the csv data file and how to use them. The terminology in this class -- such as BIC (Business Identifier Code) or IBAN (International Bank Account Number) -- is based on usage in the SEPA (Single Euro Payments Area). The user may adjust the terminology to suit local needs.
Irish Gaelic Language Module for the datetime2 Package
This module provides the "irish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
Extends the \newtheorem command. If you say \newshadetheorem{theorem}{Theorem} in the preamble then your regular \begin{theorem} .. \end{theorem} will produce a theorem statement in a shaded box. It supports all the options of \newtheorem, including forms \newshadetheorem{..}[..]{..} and \newshadetheorem{..}{..}[..]. Environments declared using the package require their body to remain on one page; the mdframed package can frame and shade theorems, and its environments break at the end of a page; users are generally recommended, therefore, to use mdframed.
This package is intended to print a term calendar for use in planning a class. It has a flexible mechanism for specifying which days of the week are to be included and for inserting text either regularly on the same day each week, or on selected days, or for a series of consecutive days. It also has a flexible mechanism for specifing class and nonclass days. Text may be inserted into consecutive days so that it automatically flows around nonclass days.
A collection of tools and macros, providing: miscellaneous float control, page styles for floats, multipage tabulars, even columns at end of twocolumn region, switching between one- and two-column anywhere, getting more mileage from \marginpar, simulating the effect of "midfloats", a package to manipulate numerical lists and arrays.
Determine if the current page is odd or even
The package provides an \ifoddpage conditional to determine if the current page is odd or even. The macro \checkoddpage must be used direct before to check the page number using a label. Two compiler runs are therefore required to achieve correct results. In addition, the conditional \ifoddpageoronside is provided which is also true in oneside mode where all pages use the odd page layout.
The package aims to streamline the work of typesetting, and to provide the look and feel of harvmac for readers.
Restore PDF 1.4 to a TeX live 2010 format
Starting with TeX Live 2010, the various formats, that directly generate PDF, default to generating PDF 1.5. This is generally a good thing, but it can lead to compatibility issues with some older PDF viewers. This package changes the version of PDF generated with formats (based on pdfTeX or LuaTeX in PDF mode), back to 1.4 for documents that need to achieve maximal compatibility with old viewers.
The package counts how often a LaTeX document is compiled, keeping the data in an external file. To print the count, can use the macro \thecounttexruns.
The dashrule package makes it easy to draw a huge variety of dashed rules (i.e., lines) in LaTeX. dashrule provides a command, \hdashrule, which is a cross between LaTeX's \rule and PostScript's setdash command. \hdashrule draws horizontally dashed rules using the same syntax as \rule, but with an additional, setdash-like parameter that specifies the pattern of dash segments and the space between those segments. Because dashrule's rules are constructed internally using \rule (as opposed to, e.g., PostScript \specials) they are fully compatible with every LaTeX back-end processor.
Supplementary outer and inner themes for beamer
This bundle provides a collection of inner and outer themes as supplements to the default themes in the beamer distribution. These themes can be used in combination with existing inner, outer, and color themes.
The tclldoc package and class simplify the application of the doc/docstrip style of literate programming with Dr. John Ousterhout's Tool Command Language (Tcl, pronounced "tickle", a.k.a. The Cool Language). The tclldoc package is a bit like the doc package is for LaTeX, whereas the tclldoc class more parallels the ltxdoc class.
czech language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "czech" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
This is an experimental package aiming to provide a different approach for multidocument works (mainly, books with a document per chapter). Unlike the \include mechanism, every subdocument is a complete normal LaTeX document and may be typeset separately. What the package does is sharing the .aux files. The present release is an alpha version, and no attempt has yet been made to allow it to work with, say, hyperref.
Allow line breaks within \verb and verbatim output
LaTeX's \verb macro treats its argument as an unbreakable unit of text. This can lead to poor typesetting, especially when the argument is long. The spverbatim package provides an \spverb macro that is analogous to \verb and an spverbatim environment that is analogous to verbatim with the difference being that \spverb and spverbatim allow LaTeX to break lines at space characters.
Activating and setting of character protruding using pdflatex
This package provides an easy interface to adjust the character protrusion for different fonts and choosing the right adjustment automatically depending on the font. The package is largely superseded by microtype.
Draw histograms with the LaTeX picture environment
This is a collection pf macros to draw histogram bars inside a LaTeX picture-environment.
Optimise the use of each page of a LaTeX document
The goal of the savetrees package is to pack as much text as possible onto each page of a LaTeX document. Admittedly, this makes the document far less attractive. Nevertheless, savetrees is a simple way to save paper when printing draft copies of a document. It can also be useful when trying to meet a tight page-length requirement for a conference or journal submission. Most of the package options cover specific modifications to typesetting rules, but there are also options subtle, moderate and extreme options for the "broad brush" approach.
Finnish language module for glossaries package
Typeset programmable elements in digital hardware (registers)
This package is designed for typesetting the programmable elements in digital hardware, i.e., registers. Such registers typically have many fields and can be quite wide; they are thus a challenge to typeset in a consistent manner. Register is similar in some aspects to the bytefield package. Anyone doing hardware documentation using LaTeX should examine both packages. Register requires a fairly recent version of the float package. A Perl module and a Perl script are provided, to translate the register specifications into programmable data structures.
Epigraphs are the pithy quotations often found at the start (or end) of a chapter. Both single epigraphs and lists of epigraphs are catered for. Various aspects are easily configurable.
The package allows the user to override existing labels (for example, those generated automatically).
Typeset recipes in note-card-sized boxes
The recipecard class typesets recipes into note card sized boxes that can then be cut out and pasted on to note cards. The recipe then looks elegant and fits in the box of recipes.
The package adds several new font axes on top of LaTeX's New Font Selection Scheme. In particular, it splits the shape axis into a primary and a secondary shape axis, and it adds three new axes to deal with the different figure versions offered by many professional fonts.
Provide file modification times, and compare them
The package provides macros to read and compare the modification dates of files. The files may be .tex files, images or other files (as long as they can be found by LaTeX). It uses the \pdffilemoddate primitive of pdfLaTeX to find the file modification date as PDF date string, parses the string and returns the value to the user. The package will also work for DVI output with recent versions of the LaTeX compiler which uses pdfLaTeX in DVI mode. The functionality is provided by purely expandable macros or by faster but non-expandable ones.
Improve the performance of \see macros with makeindex
The package amends the \see and \seealso macros that are used in building indexes with makeindex, to deal with repetitions, and to ensure page numbers are present in the actual index entries. on these indirecty
User MediaWiki LaTeX commands to copy and past formulae from MediaWiki to LaTeX documents.
Footline selection for LaTeX beamer's standard themes
This package provides arbitrary footline selection for LaTeX beamer's standard themes. It makes use of the following other LaTeX packages: appendixnumberbeamer, calc, etoolbox, and numprint.
The TeX Live software distribution offers a complete TeX system for a variety of Unix, Macintosh, Windows and other platforms. It encompasses programs for editing, typesetting, previewing and printing of TeX documents in many different languages, and a large collection of TeX macros and font libraries. The distribution includes extensive general documentation about TeX, as well as the documentation for the included software packages.
A user-friendly interface to pdf annotations
For a long time pdfLaTeX has offered the command \pdfannot for inserting arbitrary PDF annotations. However, the command is presented in a form where additional knowledge of the definition of the PDF format is indispensable. This package is an answer to the - occasional - questions in newsgroups, about how one could use the comment function of Adobe Reader. At least for the writer of LaTeX code, the package offers a convenient and user-friendly means of using \pdfannot to provide comments in PDF files. Since version v1.1, pdfcomment.sty also supports LaTeX - dvips - ps2pdf, LaTeX - dvipdfmx, and XeLaTeX. Unfortunately, support of PDF annotations by PDF viewers is sparse to nonexistent. The reference viewer for the development of this package is Adobe Reader.
Store the name of a defined command in a container
The package provides macros for command definition that save the name of the command being defined in a file or a macro container. The list could be useful for spelling exceptions in text editors that do not support TeX syntax.
The package may be used for generating invoices. The package can deal with invisible expense items and deductions; output may be presented in any of 10 different languages. The package depends on the fp and calc packages for its calculations.
The overlay package allows to write presentations with incremental slides. It does not presuppose any specific document class. Rather, it is a lightweight alternative to full-fledged presentation classes like beamer. The package requires xcolor, environ, and pgffor (from the pgf bundle).
Dummy text for testing index styles and indexing applications
This is a LaTeX package that provides a command to produce dummy text interspersed with \index commands to test an index style or indexing application. The dummy text is mostly in English, but includes extended Latin characters provided either through LaTeX accent commands or directly with UTF-8 characters, depending on the setup, to allow for testing extended Latin alphabets. The supplementary package testidx-glossaries.sty uses the indexing interface provided by the glossaries package.
The package that facilitates expressive syntax highlighting in LaTeX using the powerful Pygments library. The package also provides options to customize the highlighted source code output using fancyvrb.
Access to formulas in PDF files by assistive technologies
PDF documents containing formulas generated by LaTeX are usually not accessible by assistive technologies for visually impaired people and people with special educational needs (i.e., by screen readers and braille displays). The axessibility package manages this issue, allowing to create a PDF document where the formulas are read by these assistive technologies, since it automatically generates hidden comments in the PDF document (by means of the /ActualText attribute and/or suitable tags) in correspondence to each formula.
The package provides a means of ensuring consistent quote marks throughout your document. The style can be changed either via package option or command, and the package detects language selections (from the babel or ngerman packages), and uses the punctuation marks appropriate for the current language. The author now considers the package obsolete, and recommends use of csquotes in its place.
Typeset only parts of a document, with complete indexes etc
This package helps you if you want to produce separate printed volumes from one LaTeX document, as well as one comprehensive, "all-inclusive" version. It suppresses the part of the table of contents that are not typeset, while counters, definitions, index entries etc. are kept consistent throughout the input file.
This package deals with input encodings. It provides a wider range of input encodings using standard mappings, than does inputenc; it also covers nearly all slots. In this way, it serves as more uptodate replacement for package inputenc.
Attach arbitrary files to a PDF document
Starting with PDF 1.3 (Adobe Acrobat 4.0), PDF files can contain file attachments -- arbitrary files that a reader can extract, just like attachments to an e-mail message. The attachfile package brings this functionality to pdfLaTeX and provides some additional features not available in Acrobat, such as the ability to use arbitrary LaTeX code for the file icon -- including things like \includegraphics, tabular, and mathematics. Settings can be made either globally or on a per- attachment basis. Attachfile makes it easy to attach files and customize their appearance in the enclosing document. The package supports the Created, Modified, and Size keys in the EmbeddedFile's Params dictionary.
Multiple environments using a "key=value" syntax
The package provides a multienv environment which permits easy addition of multiple environments using a key=value syntax. Macros to define environments using this syntax are also provided.
This package increases the width of the typeset area of an a4 page. This sort of operation is capable of producing typographically poor results; the operation itself is better provided by the geometry package. The package uses the a4 package.
\printlength{length} prints the value of a LaTeX length in the units specified by \uselengthunit{unit} ('unit' may be any TeX length unit except for scaled point, viz., any of: pt, pc, in, mm, cm, bp, dd or cc). When the unit is pt, the printed length value will include any stretch or shrink; otherwise these are not printed. The 'unit' argument may also be PT, in which case length values will be printed in point units but without any stretch or shrink values.
Light weight template for creating school submissions using LaTeX
This package is for students creating school submissions using LaTeX. It is especially suitable for math, physics, statistics and the like. It can easily be used for creating exercises, too.
TeXlogos defines an assortment of frequently used logos not contained in base LaTeX itself. The Metafont, MetapostAMS, BibTeX and SliTeX logos are defined, as long as you have the appropriate CM/Logo/AMS fonts. Currency symbols Euro, Cent, Yen, Won and Naira are defined so as not to need TS1-encoded fonts. Also defined are the C++ logo, with the '+' signs properly positioned, and the logo of the Vienna University Business Administration Center (BWZ).
Combining package fancyhdr with KOMA-Script's scrlayer
This LaTeX package uses KOMA-Script's scrlayer to redefine the page styles of package fancyhdr. This allows the combination of features of fancyhdr with features of scrlayer. Before KOMA-Script v3.33 scrlayer-fancyhdr was part of KOMA-Script itself.
Halle Institute for Economic Research (IWH) Discussion Papers
The document class is for creating Discussion Papers of the Halle Institute for Economic Research (IWH) in Halle, Germany. The class offers options for both English and German texts.
Grid setting -- also known as strict in-register setting -- is something, that should be done for a lot of documents but is not easy using LaTeX. The package helps to get the information needed for grid setting. It does not implement auto grid setting, but there is a command \vskipnextgrid, that moves to the next grid position. This may be enough under some circumstances, but in other circumstances it may fail. Thus gridset is only one more step for grid setting, not a complete solution.
The class was developed to typeset a dissertation at ETH Zurich. The requirements were to use A5 paper and 10pt type. A sample of the output is shown in the PDF documentation link.
Free form slides with blocks placed on a grid
This package allows creating free form slides with blocks placed on a grid. The blocks can be filled with text, equations, figures etc. The resulting slides are similar to the ones produced with LaTeX beamer, but more flexible. Sequential unconvering of elements is supported. A compiler script is provided which compiles each slide separately, this way avoiding long compile times.
Reduce the number of unnecessary float pages
This package implements a float algorithm extension for handling float pages. It attempts to reduce the number of unnecessary (fairly empty) float pages while making sure that floats nevertheless stay close to their call-outs. Several aspects of the algorithm behavior are adjustable.
Typeset exams with scrambled questions and answers
The package enables the user to typeset exams with multiple choice, open questions and many other types of exercise. Both questions and answers may be randomly distributed within the exam, and the solutions are typeset automatically. Exercises may contain a wide number of random parameters and it is possible to do arithmetical operations on them. The package is localised in Italian, English, French, German, Greek and Spanish.
Provides commands \alphalph and \AlphAlph. They are like \number but the expansion consists of lowercase and uppercase letters respectively (1 to a, 26 to z, 27 to aa, 52 to zz, 53 to ba, 702 to zz, 703 to aaa, etc.). Can be used as a replacement for LaTeX's \@alph and \@Alph macros.
Upscale or downscale all pages of a document
The package blowup only defines the user-level macro \blowup, which can be used to upscale or downscale all pages of a document. It is similar to the TeX primitive \magnification but more accurate and user-friendly.
Coolstr is a subpackage of the cool bundle that deals with the manipulation of strings. A string is defined as a sequence of characters (not tokens). The package provides the ability to access a specific character of a string, as well as determine if the string contains numeric or integer data.
The package spits out sentences in Kantian style; the text is provided by the Kant generator for Python by Mark Pilgrim, described in the book "Dive into Python". The package is modelled on lipsum, and may be used for similar purposes.
A TikZ library for straight-edge and compass diagrams
The package defines some commands and styles to support drawing straight-edge and compass diagrams with TikZ.
A beamer theme that incorporates colours and fonts of Saint Petersburg State University
This minimalistic beamer theme incorporates Saint Petersburg State University colours and fonts. It is suitable for both presentations and posters.
The package provides means to draw linguistic syntactic trees with ease and to support hopefully sufficient functionalities, that the linguist may need. The package (of course) depends on the XY-Pic package.
The package may be used for testing hyphenation patterns or for controlling that specific words are hyphenated as expected. This package implements some old TUGboat code to adapt it to LaTeX with some enhancements. It differs form \showhyphens, because it typesets its output on the document's output file. It also works with xelatex, where \showhyphens requires a workaround.
The package allows citations in the German style, which is considered by many to be particularly reader-friendly. The citation provides a small amount of bibliographic information in a footnote on the page where each citation is made. It combines a desire to eliminate unnecessary page-turning with the look-up efficiency afforded by numeric citations. The package makes use of BibLaTeX, and is considered experimental; comment is invited.
Define commands that peek ahead in the input stream
The package provides tools to help define commands that, like \xspace and the LaTeX command \textit, peek at what follows them in the command stream and choose appropriate behaviour.
e-TeX tools for LaTeX users and package writers
The package provides many (purely expandable) tools for LaTeX: Extensive list management (csv lists, lists of single tokens/characters, etoolbox lists); purely expandable loops (csvloop, forcsvloop, etc.); conversion (csvtolist, etc.)); addition/deletion (csvadd, listdel, etc.); Expansion and group control: \expandnext, \ExpandAfterCmds, \AfterGroup...; Tests on tokens, characters and control sequences (\iffirstchar, \ifiscs, \ifdefcount, \@ifchar...); Tests on strings (\ifstrnum, \ifuppercase, \DeclareStringFilter...); Purely expandable macros with options (\FE@testopt, \FE@ifstar) or modifiers (\FE@modifiers); Some purely expandable numerics (\interval, \locinterplin). The package is dependent on the etex and the etoolbox packages.
Extract and reinsert PDF annotations with pdfTeX
If PDF files are included using pdfTeX, PDF annotations are stripped. The pax project offers a solution without altering pdfTeX. A Java program (pax.jar) parses the PDF file that will later be included. The program then writes the data of the annotations into a file that can be read by TeX. The LaTeX package pax extends the graphics package to support the scheme: if a PDF file is included, the package looks for the file with the annotation data, reads them and puts the annotations in the right place.
LaTeX packages that aid in creating CVs based on the komacv class and creating related documents
The komacv-rg bundle provides packages that aid in creating CVs based on the komacv class and creating related documents, such as cover letters and cover sheets for job applications. Concretely, the bundle consists of three packages: komacv-addons, komacv-lco, and komacv-multilang. komacv-addons is a small collection of add-ons and fixes for the komacv class; komacv-lco enables the use of letter class options from scrlttr2 also in komacv-based and other non-scrlttr2-based documents; komacv-multilang enables the provisioning of CVs in multiple languages and the selection of a language via babel or polyglossia.
The package allows the user to set up a curriculum vitae as a French employer will expect.
Adjust the gender of words in a document
Defines macros for third-person singular pronouns (\E, \Em, \Eir, \Eirs), which expand differently according to a masculine/feminine switch. (If the switch is 'masculine', they would expand to 'he', 'him', 'his' and 'his'; if 'feminine', they would expand to 'she', 'her', 'her' and 'hers'. Apart from the pronouns, one can define 'word pairs', such as mother/father, daughter/son, and so on. Gender may be defined once per document, as an environment, or may be flipped on the fly.
Horizontal and vertical dashed lines in arrays and tabulars
Definitions of horizontal and vertical dashed lines for the array and tabular environment. Horizontal lines are drawn by \hdashline and \cdashline while vertical ones can be specified as a part of preamble using ':'. The shape of dashed lines may be controlled through style parameters or optional arguments. The package is compatible with array and colortab.
Scary and creepy math symbols with AMS-LaTeX integration
The package defines a handful of commands for typesetting mathematical symbols of various kinds, ranging from 'large' operators to extensible arrow-like relations and growing arrow- like math accents that all draw from the classic Halloween- related iconography (pumpkins, witches, ghosts, cats, and so on) while being, at the same time, seamlessly integrated within the rest of the mathematics produced by (AmS-)LaTeX.
Framed environments that can split at page boundaries
The package develops the facilities of framed in providing breakable framed and coloured boxes. The user may instruct the package to perform its operations using default LaTeX commands, PStricks or TikZ.
Define your own verbatim-like environment
Defines general purpose macro named \newverbatim to define your own verbatim-like environment. It also has a supplementary style file varvbtm.sty to provide set of macros for variants of verbatim, such as tab emulation.
Create tear-off stubs at the bottom of a page
The \stubs command creates as many repetitions as possible of its argument, at the bottom of the page; these stubs may be used (for example) for contact information.
Better vertical spacing in tables and arrays
Modifies LaTeX's array and tabular environments to keep text from touching other text or hlines above or below. Several new parameters are defined and some standard macros are re-defined. The package slows down compilation of tables, since each entry is boxed twice.
Gender neutrality for languages with grammatical gender
Many languages -- like German or French -- use masculine and feminine grammatical genders. There are many ideas how to promote gender neutrality in those languages. The gender package uses alternately masculine and feminine forms. It is also possible to use just one form out of a template.
This package is for use when sending a large number of letters, all with the same body text. The package's \addressfile command is used to specify who the letter is to be sent to; the body of the \mailingtext command specifies the text of the letters, possibly using macros defined in the \addressfile.
Extended UTF-8 input encoding support for LaTeX
The bundle provides the ucs package, and utf8x.def, together with a large number of support files. The utf8x.def definition file for use with inputenc covers a wider range of Unicode characters than does utf8.def in the LaTeX distribution. The package provides facilities for efficient use of its large sets of Unicode characters. Glyph production may be controlled by various options, which permits use of non-ASCII characters when coding mathematical formulae. Note that the bundle previously had an alias "unicode"; that alias has now been withdrawn, and no package of that name now exists.
ElegantNote is designed for writing working papers, especially for economics students. This template is based on the standard LaTeX article class. The goal of this template is to make the writing process easier and more comfortable.
The ltxguidex document class extends ltxguide with a set of environments and commands that make writing beautiful LaTeX documentation easier and more natural.
This package provides basic formatting for short documents such as notes on a specific topic, short documentation, or quick memos. It aims to cover all basic needs for such purposes: include a standard set of relevant packages, a nice title which doesn't take up too much space, better page margin sizes, and some basic styling to make the note look nicer. At the same time, it is highly flexible and customizable.
A LaTeX package to count exercises and points
The package can be used to facilitate exercise counting and exercise point counting in a LaTeX-document. It counts the number of exercises and it sums all the points of the exercises in a document. Especially for exams it is also common to have an overview of all exercises and their maximal points. This is also supported by this package by providing a macro to retrieve the points of each exercise.
Generate sentences from economic articles
This package is a blind text generator that ouputs sentences inferred from abstracts of economic articles. All the paragraphs are taken with permission from https://ipsum.mwt.me/.
Font information needed to load the cmmi and cmmib fonts for use to produce oldstyle numbers.
The listing environment is provided and is similar to figure and table, although it is not a floating environment. Includes support for \caption, \label, \ref, and introduces \listoflistings, \listingname, \listlistingname. It produces a .lol file. It does not change \@makecaption (unless the option bigcaptions is used), so packages that change the layout of \caption still work.
Including TikZ, pict, etc., but MetaPost and PStricks are separate.
This package defines macros which are useful for many documents. It is a large collection of simple 'little helpers' which do not really warrant a separate package on their own. Included are, among other things, definitions of common units with preceeding thinspaces, framed boxes where both width and height can be specified, starting new odd or even pages, draft markers, notes, conditional includes, including EPS files, and versions of enumerate and itemize which allow the horizontal and vertical spacing to be changed.
The package provides to-do notes throughout a document, and will provide an index of things to do.
TeXmate formats chess games from very simple ascii input. The clean "1. e4 e5; 2. Nf3 Nc6; 3. Bb5 a6" will produce the same results as the sloppier "1 e4 e5; Nf3 Nc6 3.. Bb5 a6". The resulting format is fully customizable. There are 4 levels of commentary: 1 is the main game, 2-3 are commentaries. Each has its fonts, punctuation marks, etc., and these are also customizable. The package includes a tool for the creation of diagrams. The package works in conjunction with skak to produce diagrams of the current position automatically. For chess fonts, the package uses the chessfss system.
This package provides macros for measuring alphabet lengths (i.e. the length occupied by the characters "abcd...xyz"), em- widths and ex-heights, which may help in making typesetting decisions. The package is compatible with pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, and XeLaTeX, and will accept font family switches defined via the fontspec package. The plan is that future versions shall be able to provide even more diagnostic tools, and some LuaTeX- specific special commands, too. The package relies on the following other LaTeX packages: expl3, array, booktabs, and siunitx.
The package offers macros for making posters and banners with TeX. It is compatible with most TeX macro formats, including Plain TeX, LaTeX, AmSTeX, and AmS-LaTeX. The package creates a poster as huge box, which is then distributed over as many printer pages as necessary. The only special requirement is that your printer not be bothered by text that lies off the page. This is true of most printers, including laser printers and PostScript printers.
Portuges language module for glossaries package
The bundle provides three packages: texlinks: shorthand macros for TeX-related external hyperlinks with hyperref, the blog package in the present bundle, etc; hypertoc: adjust the presentation of coloured frames in hyperref tables of contents (article class only); blog: fast generation of simple HTML by expanding LaTeX macros, using the fifinddo package.
Typeset business cards, index cards and flash cards easyly
A class, based on article.cls, for typesetting business cards, index cards, and flash cards in an easy and flexible way, optionally also the reverse side. You will have to furnish the paper size, the desired size of your card, the printable area of your printer, and the design of the card. Everything else is taken care of by elzcards.
This package implements a LaTeX style file to produce origami- style folding paper CD cases.
Yet another package for acronyms: the package offers simple markup of acronyms and technical terms in the text, giving an index each of terms and acronyms with their expanded form.
Provide sectioning information for package writers
The stdclsdv package is designed for package writers who need to know what sectioning divsions are provided by the document's class. It also provides a version of \CheckCommand that sets a flag rather than printing a warning.
The package provides a verbbox environment (which uses techniques similar to those of the boxedverbatim environment of the moreverb package) to place its contents into a globally available box, or into a box specified by the user. The global box may then be used in a variety of situations (for example, providing a replica of the boxedverbatim environment itself). A valuable use is in places where the standard verbatim environment (which is based on a trivlist) may not appear. The package makes use of the verbatim package (which is a required part of any LaTeX distribution).
Insert "fixme" notes into draft documents
This package provides a way to insert fixme notes in documents being developed (in draft mode). Such notes can appear in the margin of the document, as index entries, in the log file and as warnings on stdout. It is also possible to summarize them in a list. If your document is in a final version, any remaining fixme notes will produce an error. FiXme also comes with support for AUC-TeX.
Semantic commands for adding formatted index entries
The package provides commands for adding formatted index entries; it arises from the author's work on large documents.
The tools comprise six packages: datatool.sty: databases may be created using LaTeX commands or by importing external files; they may be sorted numerically or alphabetically; repetitive operations (such as mail merging) may be performed on each row of a database, subject to conditions to exclude particular rows; commands are provided to examine database elements, and to convert formats (for example, to convert a numeric element to a format compatible with the fp package; datapie.sty: a database may be represented as a pie chart; flexible options allow colouring of the chart, and annotation hooks are available; dataplot.sty: a database may be represented as a 2- dimensional scatter or line plot; flexible options control of the plot's overall appearance, and of legends and other extra information; databar.sty: a database may be represented as a bar chart; overall appearance, colouring and annotation are controllable; datagidx.sty: provides a way of indexing or creating glossaries/lists of acronyms that uses TeX to do the sorting and collating instead of using an external indexing application, such as xindy or makeindex; databib.sty: a bibliography may be loaded into a datatool database, and manipulated there before being printed (this permits a LaTeX- based route to printing bibliographies in formats for which no BibTeX style is available); and person.sty: provides support for displaying a person's name and pronoun in a document, thus avoiding cumbersome use of "he/she", etc. The drawing packages make use of PGF/TikZ for their output. The bundle supersedes and replaces the author's csvtools bundle.
Control the typesetting of the abstract environment
The abstract package gives you control over the typesetting of the abstract environment, and in particular provides for a one column abstract in a two column paper.
List the external dependencies of a LaTeX document
The snapshot package helps the owner of a LaTeX document obtain a list of the external dependencies of the document, in a form that can be embedded at the top of the document. It provides a snapshot of the current processing context of the document, insofar as it can be determined from inside LaTeX. If a document contains such a dependency list, then it becomes possible to arrange that the document be processed always with the same versions of everything, in order to ensure the same output. This could be useful for someone wanting to keep a LaTeX document on hand and consistently reproduce an identical DVI file from it, on the fly; or for someone wanting to shield a document during the final stages of its production cycle from unexpected side effects of routine upgrades to the TeX system.
A package for using font sizes up to 35.88pt, for example with the EC fonts. New commands \HUGE and \ssmall for selecting font sizes are provided together with some options working around current LaTeX2e shortcomings in using big font sizes. The package also provides options for improving the typesetting of paragraphs (or headlines) with embedded math expressions at font sizes above 17.28pt.
A timeline package that allows labelling of events with per-day granularity. Other features include relative positioning with unit specification, adjustable tick mark step size, and scaling to specified width.
A companion package for the Swiss typesetter
The package simplifies the preparation of Swiss documents and letters by setting up linguistic and common packages. While it is a useful addition to the chletter document class, it is not tied to it and may be used as a general purpose package.
Easybook is a minimalist style template based on the ctexbook book document class.
This package provides LaTeX support for section breaks, used mainly in fiction books to signal changes in a story, like changes in time, location, etc. It supports the asterism symbol, text content, or custom macros as the section break mark symbol.
Sectionbox is a LaTeX package for putting fancy colored boxes around sections, subsections, and subsubsections, especially for use in posters, etc. It was designed with the sciposter class in mind, and certainly works with that class and with derived classes.
A collection of verbatim facilities that provide line-numbered verbatim, verbatim that obey's TAB characters, verbatim input and verbatim output to file. The package makes use of the LaTeX required verbatim package. The package formed from a series of small pieces, and is somewhat unstructured. The user who looks for thought-through verbatim facilities is advised to consider using the fancyvrb package in place of moreverb.
This package (built using the facilities of catchfile) provides a macro \catchfilebetweentags acts like the original \catchfile but only extracts a portion of the file instead of the complete file. The extracted portion can be delimited by strings or by docstrip tags: %<*tag> .... %</tag> (comments in the caught region may be included or dropped).
The package allows the to user select any font size (via e.g. \fontsize{...}{...}\selectfont), even those sizes that are not listed in the .fd file. If such a size is requested, LaTeX will search for and select the nearest listed size; anyfontsize will then scale the font to the size actually requested. Similar functionality is available for the CM family, for the EC family, or for either computer modern encoding; the present package generalises the facility.
The bundle comprises: authblk, which permits footnote style author/affiliation input in the \author command, balance, to balance the end of \twocolumn pages, figcaps, to send figure captions, etc., to end document, fullpage, to set narrow page margins and set a fixed page style, and sublabel, which permits counters to be subnumbered.
A simple class for writing curricula vitae
A derivative of the cv class available to lyx users (renamed to avoid the existing cv package).
This package provides procedures for using spot colours in LaTeX documents and the generated pdf files. Predefined templates for PANTONE and HKS colour spaces are included but new ones can easily be defined.
This package provides a flexible LaTeX2e class for typesetting school cafeteria menus consisting of two lunches (with dessert), and dinner. It supports two different layouts: The first layout is optimized for printing the menu on A4 paper. The second layout is optimized for smartphone screens and uses one (A6 sized) page per day. Supported localizations are English (GB/US) and German. A way of defining additional localizations is described in the documentation. The package requires array, colortbl, datetime2, datetime2-calc, geometry, graphicx, lmodern, textcomp, and xcolor.
This package prevents page numbers and headings from appearing on empty pages.
This package sorts a list of TeX items {item 1}...{item k} in "increasing" order where "increasing" is determined by a comparator macro. By default it sorts real numbers with the usual meaning of "increasing" but some other examples are discussed in the documentation. A second macro is included which sorts one list and applies the same permutation to a second list.
Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect.
Provides dotless i's and j's for use in any math font
The package provides two commands: \dotlessi and \dotlessj, which give access to dotless i's and j's in math mode. They are intended for symbols in non English languages.
Left and right subscripts and superscripts in math mode
Left and right subscripts and superscripts are automatically raised for better fitting to the symbol they belong to.
Coptic fonts and LaTeX macros for general usage and for philology
CBcoptic is a bundle of files for typesetting Coptic philological text with the proper fonts and hyphenation. The fonts are based on, but much extend, the fonts of the original coptic bundle. The CBcoptic bundle includes font description files, Metafont sources and equivalent Adobe Type 1 fonts in pfb format. The bundle also includes a package that provides some macros of philological interest.
fvextra provides several extensions to fancyvrb, including automatic line breaking and improved math mode. It also patches some fancyvrb internals. Parts of fvextra were originally developed as part of pythontex and minted.
The package allows the user to obtain an RGB value (suitable for use in the color package) from a wavelength of light. The default unit is nanometres, but other units may be used. Note that this function is also available within the xcolor.
Allow url break at any alphanumerical character
Package xurl loads package url by default and defines possible url breaks for all alphanumerical characters and = / . : * - ~ ' " All arguments which are valid for url can be used. It will be passed to package url. xurl itself has no special optional argument. For more information read the documentation of package url.
The package defines the W3C Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) colour names for use with both the color and PSTricks packages.
Alternating pronouns to aid gender-neutral writing
The package implements a version of semi-automatic pronoun switching for writing gender-neutral (and possibly annoying) prose. It has upper- and lowercase versions of switching pronouns for all case forms, plus anaphoric versions that reflect the current gender choice.
Hard wrap text to a certain character length
The package facilitates wrapping text to a specific character width, breaking lines by words rather than, as done by TeX, by characters. The primary use for these facilities is to aid the generation of messages sent to the log file or console output to display messages to the user. Package authors may also find this useful when writing out arbitary text to an external file.
The bundle provides several files useful when creating a minimal working example (MWE). The package itself loads a small set of packages often used when creating MWEs. In addition, a range of images are provided, which will be installed in the TEXMF tree, so that they may be used in any (La)TeX document. This allows different users to share MWEs which include image commands, without the need to share image files or to use replacement code.
The package provides the following new enumerate styles: \greek for lowercase Greek letters; \Greek for uppercase Greek letters; \enumHex for uppercase hexadecimal enumeration; \enumhex for lowercase hexadecimal enumeration; \enumbinary for binary enumeration; \enumoctal for octal enumeration; \levelnth for "1st", "2nd", "3rd" etc., with the "nth"s on the baseline; raisenth for "1st", "2nd", "3rd" etc., with the "nth"s raised; \nthwords for "first", "second", "third" etc.; \Nthwords for "First", "Second", "Third" etc.; \NTHWORDS for "FIRST", "SECOND", "THIRD" etc.; \nwords for "one", "two", "three" etc.; \Nwords for "One", "Two", "Three" etc.; and \NWORDS for "ONE", "TWO", "THREE" etc. Each of these works with enumitem's "starred variant" feature. So \begin{enumerate}[label=\enumhex*] will output a hex enumerated list. Enumitem provides a start=0 option for starting your enumerations at 0. The package requires amsmath, alphalph, enumitem (of course), binhex and nth, all of which are widely available.
Custom presentation class built upon LaTeX Beamer
This class is prepared for short presentations with a modern look & feel. It offers the following features: custom background for each slide, predefined types of slides, simplified commands (e.g. for starting and ending slide). The class is built upon LaTeX beamer, so all beamer commands should work.
dutch language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "dutch" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
This package provides some commands to define and manage conditional content in a LaTeX source document. A conditional content, in the sense within this is understood in this package, is a text (including mathematical or other formulas) and/or a graphical element (diagram, figure, image...) as substitutable forms, which, according to a condition test, may or may not appear in the generated document. One of the most common forms of conditional content management is multilingual ; but it can also include versioning, confidentiality levels, and so on. The philosophy of this package is based on the respective notions of condition field, condition property and condition space. With this package, any substitutable form in a source document is identified by a condition field and a condition property. The condition field is a functional theme that allows you to group together substitutable forms for the same conditional management. The condition property is a functional characterization specific to each substitutable form of a single condition domain. The condition space is used to designate the substitutable form(s) that must appear in the generated document. A condition space is defined by specifying a condition domain and a condition property to match with one or more substitutable forms.
Extend graphicx to improve placement of graphics
Graphbox is an extension of the standard graphicx LaTeX2e package to allow the placement of graphics relative to the "current position" using additional optional arguments of \includegraphics. For example, changing the vertical alignment is convenient for using graphics as elements of (mathematical) formulae. Options for shifting, smashing and hiding the graphics may be useful in support, for example, of the beamer framework.
The package defines commands that create macros for typesetting vectors, matrices and functions, in a logical way. For example, logical indexing can then be used to refer to elements or arguments without hard-coding the symbols in the document.
Enables specifying a driver option effective only in DVI output
This single-function package enables authors to specify a global driver option (dvips, dvipdfmx, etc) which is applied only when the engine outputs a DVI file. It is useful to create special document- templates that can be compiled in both PDF- mode and DVI-mode.
Stephan Bellantoni's version has provided preamble commands for selecting environments to be included/excluded. This package does the same, but corrects, improves, and extends it in both implementation and function.
Multimedia inclusion package with Adobe Reader-9/X compatibility
The package provides an interface to embed interactive Flash (SWF) and 3D objects (Adobe U3D & PRC), as well as video and sound files or streams in the popular MP4, FLV and MP3 formats into PDF documents with Acrobat-9/X compatibility. Playback of multimedia files uses the built-in Flash Player of Adobe Reader and does, therefore, not depend on external plug-ins. Flash Player supports the efficient H.264 codec for video compression. The package is based on the RichMedia Annotation, an Adobe addition to the PDF specification. It replaces the now obsolete movie15 package.
Provide copyright notices for images in a document
The package command \copyrightbox[<placement>]{<image command>}{<text>}, which places the text as a copyright notice relating to the matter created by the image command.
Prettyref provides a command \newrefformat, which specifies the way in which a reference is typeset, according to a label "identification". The identification is set in the \label command, by using prefixed label names; so instead of \label{mysection}, one uses \label{sec:mysection}, and prettyref interprets the "sec:" part. The package is compatible with hyperref and with other packages.
Place contents into a full width colour strip
This lightweight package provides the colorstrip environment, that places its contents into a full page width colour strip.
Systematic treatment of 'foreign' words in documents
The package supports authors' use of consistent typesetting of foreign words in documents.
LaTeX, by default, restricts the sizes at which you can use its default computer modern fonts, to a fixed set of discrete sizes (effectively, a set specified by Knuth). The type1cm package removes this restriction; this is particularly useful when using scalable versions of the cm fonts (Bakoma, or the versions from BSR/Y&Y, or True Type versions from Kinch, PCTeX, etc.). In fact, since modern distributions will automatically generate any bitmap font you might need, type1cm has wider application than just those using scaleable versions of the fonts. Note that the LaTeX distribution now contains a package fix-cm, which performs the task of type1cm, as well as doing the same job for T1- and TS1-encoded ec fonts.
Make author, etc., available after \maketitle
This jiffy package makes the author, title and date of the package available to the user (as \MyAuthor, etc) after the \maketitle command has been executed.
This package allows the user to declare a variable which can then be used anywhere else in a document, including before it was declared.
The package offers an easy way to write (univariate) polynomials and rational functions. It defines two commands, one for polynomials \polynomial{coeffs} and one for rational functions \polynomialfrac{Numerator}{Denominator}. Both commands take lists of coefficients as arguments, and offer limited optional behaviour.
String manipulation for cosmetic and programming application
The package provides a large and sundry set of macros for the manipulation of strings. The macros are developed not merely for cosmetic application (such as changing the case of letters and string substitution), but also for programming applications such as character look-ahead, argument parsing, conditional tests on various string conditions, etc. The macros were designed all to be expandable (note that things such as \uppercase and \lowercase are not expandable), so that the macros may be strung together sequentially and nested (after a fashion) to achieve rather complex manipulations.
easier use of fonts without LaTeX support
This package is intended for use by users who know about fonts. It is a quick-fix for fonts which does not have genuine LaTeX support. It is not meant as a replacement of the LaTeX font definition files. It is meant as something more useable for LaTeX users than the \newfont command. With addfont the loaded font scales along with the usual LaTeX size selection. Using this package still requires some knowledge on how to use fonts with LaTeX.
Define the environment numcases: equations with several alternative right-hand sides, with equation numbers for each alternative. Also environment subnumcases, where each alternative is a sub-number (e.g., 8a, 8b, ...) of the equation set as a whole.
The package provides a (maths mode) \underline variant which doesn't impose italics correction at the end.
A Beamer theme for academic presentations
The package developed for academic purposes. The distribution includes nothing more than style file needed for preparing presentations.
Float environment to document the shell commands of a terminal session
The package provides a simple, though fancy float environment to document terminal sessions -- like command executions or shell operations. The look and feel of the package output imitates the look of a shell prompt.
The environment will centre text, if immediately preceded and followed by \clearpage.
Provides an environment that may be conditionally included
This package provides an environment to switch a section of code on or off. The code may be placed anywhere in the file (it is not limited to the document or the preamble). The motivation for this package was to have commands which allow preselection based on whether sections of code in a preamble of a template are executed.
This package has been designed to facilitate the use of Greek letters in mathematical mode. The package allows one to directly type in Greek letters (in ISO 8859-7 encoding) in math mode.
The package provides environments to highlight significant portions of text within a document, by putting the text in a box and adding an icon in the margin. (The icons are provided as 'fig' sources, processable by xfig.)
This package provides a LaTeX class for typesetting books with a colorful design. Currently, it has native support for Chinese (both simplified and traditional), English, French, German, Japanese and Russian typesetting. It compiles with either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This is part of the colorist class series and depends on colorist.sty from the colorist package. The package name "beaulivre" is taken from the French words "beau" (= "beautiful") and "livre" (= "book").
Include eXtensible Metadata Platform data in PDFLaTeX
The XMP (eXtensible Metadata platform) is a framework to add metadata to digital material to enhance the workflow in publication. The essence is that the metadata is stored in an XML file, and this XML stream is then embedded in the file to which it applies. How you create this XML file is up to you, but the author started investigating this because he wanted to embed licensing information in the files he created. The license the author chose is one of the Creative Commons licenses, and their web-site offers this information in a valid XML-file, suitable for direct inclusion.
Additional support for UTF-8 encoded LaTeX input
This bundle contains the LaTeX packages utf8add.sty and utf8hax.sty. The utf8add package provides additional support for the use of UTF-8 encoded input. This is intended for making LaTeX input more readable. The utf8hax package is using UTF-8 characters for easier access to math in LaTeX, however making the LaTeX input less readable.
Identify labels which cause endless "may have changed" warnings
Several conditions can cause LaTeX labels to keep changing, no matter how many times a document is recompiled. This package helps diagnose the cause of repeated "Label(s) may have changed" warnings. The names and before/after definitions of changing labels are printed at the end of each compile. Multiply-defined labels are printed as well.
The package prints a calendar for 2 or more years, according to a language selection. The package is also "culture dependent", in the sense that it will start weeks according to local rules: e.g., weeks conventionally start on Monday in the English- speaking world.
Macros related to "Introdktion til LaTeX"
The bundle contains various macros either used for creating the author's book "Introduktion til LaTeX" (in Danish), or presented in the book as code tips. The bundle comprises: dlfltxbcodetips: various macros helpful in typesetting mathematics; dlfltxbmarkup: provides a macros used throughout the book, for registering macro names, packages etc. in the text, in the margin and in the index, all by using categorised keys (note, a configuration file may be used; a sample is included in the distribution); dlfltxbtocconfig: macros for the two tables of contents that the book has; dlfltxbmisc: various macros for typesetting LaTeX arguments, and the macro used in the bibliography that can wrap a URL up into a bibtex entry. Interested parties may review the book itself on the web at the author's institution (it is written in Danish).
The flagderiv package is used to create mathematical derivations using the flag/flagpole notation. The package features an intuitive command syntax, opening and closing multiple flagpoles, different comment styles, customizable symbols and label namespaces.
A collection of handy macros for paper writing
This package offers a collection of macros to help in the process of writing a paper. You may add comments, todo notes, etc. during revision, in a colourful way. The package also summarizes the inserted notes at the end of the document. There are some predefined note commands as well as a way of defining new ones to suit the user's needs. You may safely remove this package once the paper is finished. This package depends on the following other LaTeX packages: kvoptions, manfnt, marginnote, tikzpagenodes, xcolor, and, optionally, microtype. Note: "zebra" is the name of the package author's lab.
This package is based on code (posted long ago to comp.text.tex by Donald Arseneau) to equalise the height of subscripts in maths. The default behaviour is to place subscripts slightly lower when there is a superscript as well, but this can look odd in some situations.
Commands for typesetting total values of counters
This LaTeX package offers commands for typesetting total values of counters.
The package ltxnew provides \new, \renew and \provide prefixes for checking definitions. It is designed to work with e-TeX distributions of LaTeX and relies on the LaTeX internal macro \@ifdefinable. Local allocation of counters, dimensions, skips, muskips, boxes, tokens and marks are provided by the etex package. \new and \renew as well as \provide may be used for all kind of control sequences. Please refer to the section "Using \new" of the PDF documentation.
Powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new styles. A LyX layout file is provided.
The package romanbar allows to typeset roman numbers with bars. This package allows you to use those roman numbers as page number.
Typesetting science fiction/fantasy manuscripts
The class is designed for typesetting science fiction and fantasy manuscripts. Sffms now includes several options for specific publishers as well as extensive documentation aimed at new LaTeX users.
Subversion variants of \Provides... macros
The package introduces Subversion variants of the standard LaTeX macros \ProvidesPackage, \ProvidesClass and \ProvidesFile where the file name and date is extracted from Subversion Id keywords. The file name may also be given explicitly as an optional argument.
Extract solutions from exercises and quizzes
This package is designed to mark a solution environment of an exercise or quiz and insert it into the same or a different document. Solutions are ones created by either the exerquiz or eqexam package. All PDF creators are supported.
The package was developed to provide flexible lists, whose ordering can be altered on the fly. The implementation involves a pile of lambda-calculus and list-handling macros of an incredibly obtuse nature. The TUGboat paper serves as a manual for the macros. Having said all of which, confidence is enhanced by the knowledge that the TeX code was formally verified.
The package modifies \item commands to save the optional argument in a box.
General package for loading maths alphabets in LaTeX
The package provides means of loading maths alphabets (such as are normally addressed via macros \mathcal, \mathbb, \mathfrak and \mathscr), offering various features normally missing in existing packages for this job.
Compute the mass of a printed version of a document
The package computes the number of sheets of paper used by, and hence the mass of a document. This is useful (for example) when calculating postal charges.
Set the font size relative to the current font size
The basic command of the package is \relsize, whose argument is a number of \magsteps to change size; from this are defined commands \larger, \smaller, \textlarger, etc.
This small package provides a convenient input syntax for boxes that don't break their text over lines automatically, but do allow manual line breaks. The boxes shrink to the natural width of the longest line they contain.
A ticking digital clock package for PDF output
A ticking digital clock package to be used in Pdf-LaTeX documents, for example in presentations.
Quote and refer to a manuscript for minor revisions
The package supports those who publish articles in peer- reviewed journals. In the final stages of the review process, the authors typically have to provide an additional document (such as a letter to the editors), in which they provide a list of modifications that they made to the manuscript. The package automatically provides line numbers and quotations from the manuscript, for this letter. The package loads the package lineno, so (in effect) shares lineno's incompatibilities.
Patch \marginpar to avoid overfull margins
Authors using LaTeX to typeset books with significant margin material often run into the problem of long notes running off the bottom of the page. A typical workaround is to insert \vshift commands by hand, but this is a tedious process that is invalidated when pagination changes. Another workaround is memoir's \sidebar function, but this can be unsatisfying for short textual notes, and standard marginpars cannot be mixed with sidebars. This package implements a solution to make marginpars "just work" by keeping a list of floating inserts and arranging them intelligently in the output routine.
The package prints a 'turn' instruction at the bottom of odd- numbered pages (except the last). This is a common convention for examination papers and the like.
Synchronize output paper size with layout paper size
As is well known, in LaTeX processing layout paper size specified by document class options is not automatically applied to output paper size. This package enables LaTeX authors to synchronize both kinds of paper sizes.
Exam class, focused on collaborative authoring
The class design offers: Direct support for collaborative development of an exam, using a model in which a departmental 'exams convener' or 'exam chair' coordinates multiple authors writing individual questions (the class file and associated process is in regular use within a physics and astronomy department). All of the 'traditional' exam paper features such as sectioning, per-part running marks, 'Question n continued' catchwords, and so on. Readily configured local adaptation.
The package allows dramatic highlighting of words and phrases by painting shapes around them. It is chiefly intended for use in Beamer presentations, but it can be used in other document classes as well.
This package "looks over your shoulder" and keeps track of files \input'ed (the LaTeX way) or \include'ed in your document. You then have permanent access to the name of the file currently being processed through the macro \finkfile. FiNK also comes with support for AUC-TeX. As of version 2.2.1, FiNK has been deprecated and is not maintained anymore. People interested in FiNK's functionality are invited to use a package named currfile instead.
Makes the style and command of moderncv (style classic) available for koma-classes and thus compatible with biblatex
This package provides an imitation of the moderncv class with the classic style (by Xavier Danaux), to be used in conjunction with the koma-classes. Thus it is possible to configure pagelayout, headings etc. the way it is done in koma-classes. Moreover, it is possible to use biblatex, while the original moderncv-class is incompatible with biblatex.
Make math bold or italic according to context
The \maybebm and \maybeit macros can be used in maths expressions to make the arguments typeset as bold or italic respectively if the surrounding context is appropriate. They are useful for writing user macros for use in general contexts. \maybebm is especially appropriate when section titles contain math expressions, since the title will appear bold but the header and table of contents usually replicate the title in normal width. It uses the bm package to make things bold \maybeit performs a similar role to \mathrm{} but the maths expression will be italicised if the surrounding text is. \maybeitsubscript is provided to shift subscripts to the left if the expression is italicised.
This package extends the metalogo package to automatically adjust the appearance of the logos TeX, LaTeX, LaTeX2e, XeLaTeX, and LuaLaTeX, depending on the font detected or the option given to metalogox. Most of the serif and sans fonts listed at The LaTeX Font Catalogue are supported. The package depends on metalogo, xparse, and etoolbox.
Provides a \DeclareFixedFootnote command to provide a single command for a frequently-used footnote. The package ensures that only one instance of the footnote text appears on each page (LaTeX needs to be run several times to achieve this).
Arrange for "plates" sections of documents
The plates package provides a simple facility for inserting colour figures in a document when they should be gathered and printed together as in a book's section of colour plates. The package provides a plate environment that takes the place of the figure environment for such colour images.
Adjusting margins for multicolumn and single column output
The package adds, to the multicol package, the option to change the margins for multicolumn and unicolumn layout. The package understands the difference between the even and odd margins for two side printing.
The package provides "store boxes" whose user interface matches that of normal LaTeX "save boxes", except that the content of a store box appears at most once in the output PDF file, however often it is used. The present version of the package supports pdfLaTeX and LuaLaTeX; when DVI is output, store boxes behave the same as save boxes.
Continuation headings and legends for floats
A package providing commands for 'continuation captions', unnumbered captions, and also a non-specific legend heading for any environment. Methods are also provided to define captions for use outside float (e.g., figure and table) environments, and to define new float environments and Lists of Floats. Tools are provided for specifying your own captioning styles.
Slovene language module for glossaries package
Placement of background material on pages of a document
The package offers the placement of background material on the pages of a document. The user can control many aspects (contents, position, color, opacity) of the background material that will be displayed; all placement and attribute settings are controlled by setting key values. The package makes use of the everypage package, and uses pgf/tikz for attribute control.
The current version does special formatting for the first line of text in a paragraph. The package is part of a larger body of tools which remain in preparation.
The package is a development of nfssext.sty, distributed with the examples for the font installation guide. The package has been developed for use in packages such as cfr-lm and venturisadf,
The package provides packages and classes for typesetting applications with titlepage, letter, cv and additional documents in just a single document. The data for the application can be edited in a simple csv file.
Defines environments that allow page breaks inside framed boxes whose edges may be variously fancy. The bundle includes a few examples (shaded box, box with a wavy line on its side, etc).
This class is intended to be an interpretation of the mwbk class which is a part of the mwcls package. The mwcls classes are simple, yet powerful and customizable classes that allow the end-user to customize the layout of headers, headings etc. They also have the benefit of being more economic in space than the most common LaTeX classes, while keeping a clear appearance and a smooth flow.
Minimal markup for simple text (Wikipedia style) and documentation
The bundle offers "minimal" markup syntax for various simple kinds of text. The user will typically involve little more than is printed, and will still get LaTeX quality. The bundle provides four packages: wiki addresses general texts, marked up in the simple style used on Wikipedia; niceverb is yet another means of documenting LaTeX packages: it offers syntax-aware typesetting of meta-variables (macro arguments) and for referring to commands (and their syntax) in footnotes, section titles etc.; fifinddo aims to parse plain text or (La)TeX files using TeX, and to write the results to an external file; the package is used by another member of the bundle: makedoc, which provides the means to produce typeset documentation direct from package files.
Defines macros \includeversion{NAME} and \excludeversion{NAME}, each of which defines an environment NAME whose text is to be included or excluded from compilation. Although the command syntax is very similar to that of comment, comment.sty is to be preferred to version.sty for documents where significant chunks of text may be excluded.
Control over the typesetting of the \maketitle command
The titling package provides control over the typesetting of the \maketitle command and \thanks commands, and makes the \title, \author and \date information permanently available. Multiple titles are allowed in a single document. New titling elements can be added and a titlepage title can be centered on a physical page.
The package allows you to insert "to do" marks in your document, to make lists of such items, and to cross-reference to them.
This package is used for typesetting exercise or exam sheets. In addition, the exesheet class loads the schooldocs package. The package Provides: macros to mark out exercises and subparts, specific settings for enumeration lists, environments for questions and answers, with conditional display, macros for marking scheme with detailed comments.
The cclicenses package helps users typesetting Creative Commons logos in LaTeX. It defines some commands useful to quickly write these logos, related to CC licences versions 1.0 and 2.0.
Alternate quotes between double and single with nesting
Provides two new commands: \nlq and \nrq for nesting left and right quotes that properly change between double and single quotes according to their nesting level. For example, the input \nlq Foo \nlq bar\nrq\ bletch\nrq will be typeset as if it had been entered as "Foo 'bar' bletch".
A LaTeX package and an example class for documenting (La)TeX packages, document classes, .dtx etc., providing hyperlinks. The package is believed to be compatible with doc and permits minimal markup of code (the macrocode environment is no longer necessary). The package provides automatic detection of definitions (detecting such things as \def, \newcommand, \DeclareOption etc.). The package needs hyperref and the author's three 'basic' packages: gmutils, gmverb and gmiflink. As a bonus (and as an example of doc compatibility) driver files are provided that may be used to typeset the LaTeX Base.
The talk document class allows you to create slides for screen presentations or printing on transparencies. It also allows you to print personal notes for your talk. You can create overlays and display structure information (current section / subsection, table of contents) on your slides. The main feature that distinguishes talk from other presentation classes like beamer or prosper is that it allows the user to define an arbitrary number of slide styles and switch between these styles from slide to slide. This way the slide layout can be adapted to the slide content. For example, the title or contents page of a talk can be given a slightly different layout than the other slides. The talk class makes no restrictions on the slide design whatsoever. The entire look and feel of the presentation can be defined by the user. The style definitions should be put in a separate sty file. Currently the package comes with only one set of pre-defined slide styles (greybars.sty). Contributions from people who are artistically more gifted than the author are more than welcome!
The GenMPage package generalizes LaTeX's minipages. Keyval options and styles can be used to determine their appearance in an easy and consistent way. Includes options for paragraph indentation and vertical alignment with respect to the visual top and bottom margins.
The package makes it possible to incorporate git version control metadata into documents. For memoir users, the package provides the means to tailor page headers and footers to use the metadata. Note this version is now deprecated, but is kept on the archive, pro tem, for continuity for existing users. All new repositories should use gitinfo2.
Adjust behaviour of the ends of footnotes
The LaTeX internal command \@finalstrut is used automatically used at the end of footnote texts to insert a strut to avoid mis-spacing of multiple footnotes. Unfortunately the command can cause a blank line at the end of a footnote. The package provides a solution to this problem.
The package records the value that was last set, for any counter of interest; since most such counters are simply incremented when they are changed, the recorded value will usually be the maximum value.
Redefines LaTeX cross-referencing commands to insert \special commands for HyperTeX dvi viewers, such as recent versions of xdvi. The package is now largely superseded by hyperref.
LaTeX users sometimes need to ensure that two or more blocks of text occupy the same amount of horizontal space on the page. To that end, the eqparbox package defines a new command, \eqparbox, which works just like \parbox, except that instead of specifying a width, one specifies a tag. All eqparboxes with the same tag--regardless of where they are in the document-- will stretch to fit the widest eqparbox with that tag. This simple, equal-width mechanism can be used for a variety of alignment purposes, as is evidenced by the examples in eqparbox's documentation. Various derivatives of \eqparbox are also provided.
Use color definitions from latexcolor.com
Built on top of the xcolor package, the latexcolors package defines the set of colors shown on latexcolor.com for use in documents typeset with LaTeX & friends.
This is a package to store and compose strings in a structured way. This can serve various purposes, for example: manage and write document metadata; use templates for formatting document data; assist in assembling and displaying document license information; facilitate basic internationalisation and localisation.
The package enhances LaTeX's cross-referencing features, allowing the format of references to be determined automatically according to the type of reference. The formats used may be customised in the preamble of a document; babel support is available (though the choice of languages remains limited: currently Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish and Ukranian). The package also offers a means of referencing a list of references, each formatted according to its type. In such lists, it can collapse sequences of numerically-consecutive labels to a reference range.
The package is designed to localise any document class or package. This should be very useful for end-users who could obtain messages in their own preferred language. It is really easy to use by writers of other classes and packages. Volunteers are urged to test the package, report, and even to localise the message file to their own language. Documentation is provided in English.
The willowtreebook class is a simple book class, which the author uses for his lecture notes to be found on his web page Benjamin McKay. It actually just selects options for the more sophisticated memoir class.
This package introduces a new float type called photo which works similar to the float types table and figure. Various options exist for placing photos, captions, and a "photographer" line. In twocolumn documents, a possibility exists to generate double-column floats automatically if the photo does not fit into one column. Photos do not have to be placed as floats, they can also be placed as boxes, with captions and photographer line still being available.
Customisation of cross-references in LaTeX
The package contains macros which allow authors to easily customise how cross-references appear in their document, both in general (across all cross-references) and for particular types of references (identified by a prefix in the reference label), in a very generic manner.
Watermarks with version control information from SVN
This package allows you to add version control information as a gray watermark on each page of your document. The SVN info is read from keyword tags such as $Id$, $Date$, and $Author$ via the svn or svn-multi packages.
This package provides a way to generate the format of index entries from within LaTeX.
Pdfpc viewer-compatible hyperlinks to movies
This LaTeX2e package provides a command \pdfpcmovie for embedding (hyperlinking) movies in a way compatible with the PDF Presenter Console (pdfpc), a GPL2-licensed multi-monitor PDF presentation viewer application available on GitHub and shipped with some LINUX distributions such as Debian, Fedora, and Arch. The package depends on etoolbox, hyperref, and pgfkeys.
A LaTeX package to print a regular grid of ragged-right labels on a page, suitable for sheets of labels which can be fed through a printer. Macros are provided to allow easy input of names and addresses in a form free of TeX markup. Equally useful is a feature for making multiple copies of a single label, e.g., return address stickers to go with the labels. Rows, columns, borders can all be specified to match the label sheet being used.
Provide a graph datastructure for experimental LaTeX3
The package defines a 'graph' data structure, for use in documents that are using the experimental LaTeX 3 syntax.
Use \nolbreaks{some text} to prevent line breaks in "some text". This has the advantage over \mbox{} that glue (rubber space) remains flexible. Most common cases are handled here (\linebreak is disabled, for example) but spaces hidden in macros or { } can still create break-points.
Provides a convenient front-end for the \index command. For example, with it you can generate multiple index entries in almost any form by a single command. The package is highly customizable, and works with all versions of LaTeX and probably most other TeX formats.
A package and a class used to typeset traditional country dances, such as contra and square dances, and to create calling cards for the same.
Various layout styles for school documents
The purpose of this package is to provide several layout styles for school documents. It is useful for exercise sheets, exams, course materials. The package sets the page geometry (dimensions of text and margins) and the title typesetting; the various styles define the header, footer and title formatting. Many features are freely configurable.
A package for LaTeX providing a number of commands for printing the value of a TeX dimension. For example, \tenthpt{\baselineskip} yields the current value of \baselineskip rounded to the nearest tenth of a point.
The bundle provides: new document classes for technical documents, thesis works, manuscripts and lecture notes; many mathematical packages providing a large number of macros for mathematical texts; layout providing a non-empty parskip with extended length corrections and new section definition commands; easy label creation for counters; and german language tools and predefined abbreviations.
The package defines a number of new commands for typesetting fregean Begriffsschrift in LaTeX. It is loosely based on the package begriff, and offers a number of improvements including better relative lengths of the content stroke with respect to other strokes, content strokes that point at the middle of lines rather than the bottom, a greater width for the assertion stroke as compared to the content stroke, a more intuitive structure for the conditional, greater care taken to allow for the linewidth in the spacing of formulas.
The svn package lets you typeset (in LaTeX) the value of Subversion keywords. It is approximately an equivalent to the rcs package, but for Subversion rather than CVS. Details of Subversion (a replacement for CVS) is available from the project's home site.
Typesetting Z and CSP format specifications
The package supports real-time CSP and incorporates the functionality of Spivey's original Z package, written for LaTeX 2.09.
Make copies of text documents from within LaTeX
This package provides \VerbatimCopy{in}{out} that will enable LaTeX to take a verbatim copy of one text file, and save it under another name. The package provides a means to specify the output directory to be used, but does no checking and may therefore overwrite an important file if used injudiciously.
A logbook for people with type one diabetes
Initally a logbook for me, a person with type one diabetes mellitus, this evolved over time into a TeX project, making it prettier and/or easier to use. I've made it simple to use, while not forgoing the document's beauty or the speed of input. The logbook, with slight commenting out and editing, could be used as a journal by anybody, although the template and graphing functionality are set up for people using insulin injections and blood glucose teststrips, as well as counting/estimating carbs, protein, and fat. Note: The names of the package's files are not constructed using the long "diabetes-logbook", but the acronym "dmlb" (for "diabetes mellitus log book").
The hypdvips package fixes some problems when using hyperref with dvips. It also adds support for breaking links, file attachments, embedded documents and different types of GoTo- links. The cooperation of hyperref with cleveref is improved, which in addition allows an enhanced back-referencing system.
Parenthetic math expressions made simpler and less redundant
This package provides a more condensed and flexible syntax for parenthesis-delimited expressions in math mode which also allows for an easier switching of brace sizes. For example, the syntax " `\big( a + b ) " can be used to replace "\bigl( a + b \bigr)".
Macros for introductory physics and astronomy
The package contains commands for students and teachers of introductory physics. Commands for physical quantities intelligently handle SI units so the user need not do so. There are other features that should make LaTeX easy for introductory physics students.
This package provides the command \hrefdisplayonly (which provides a substitute for \href). While the (hyperlinked) text appears like an ordinary \href in the compiled PDF file, the same text will be "hidden" when printing the text. (Hiding is actually achieved by making the text the same colour as the background, thus preserving the layout of the rest of the text.)
A flexible beamer color theme to maximize visibility
This package provides a flexible dark or light colour theme designed for maximum readability in environments where most themes fall flat. Main features: Dark color theme for presenting in low-light conditions. Optional light color theme for presenting in bright ambient light. Redefines color names "red", "green", "blue", "yellow" to values that are visible when displayed by certain projectors, particularly those with a very bright green channel and dim red and blue channels. This behaviour can be optionally disabled, with the provided colours also available as "OwlRed", "OwlGreen", etc.
If you are using git to control versions of LaTeX-files, you may want to show yourself or other users or devs the current version of the file, information about the author and last edited date. All packages for git known make that kind of information available for the whole repository. But sometimes you have a lot of files within the same repository in different versions, from different authors etc. Perhaps you also split up a big project in small files and want to show within the document who had edited what. This package gives you the opportunity to do so.
This a fork of footmisc package allowing to use hyperref. Here is a copy of the description of package footmisc: A collection of ways to change the typesetting of footnotes. The package provides means of changing the layout of the footnotes themselves (including setting them in 'paragraphs' -- the para option), a way to number footnotes per page (the perpage option), to make footnotes disappear in a 'moving' argument (stable option) and to deal with multiple references to footnotes from the same place (multiple option). The package also has a range of techniques for labelling footnotes with symbols rather than numbers. Some of the functions of the package are overlap with the functionality of other packages. The para option is also provided by the manyfoot and bigfoot packages, though those are both also portmanteau packages. (Don't be seduced by fnpara, whose implementation is improved by the present package.) The perpage option is also offered by footnpag and by the rather more general-purpose perpage
Prosper is a LaTeX class for writing transparencies. It is written as an extension of the seminar class by Timothy Van Zandt. Prosper offers a friendly environment for creating slides for both presentations with an overhead projector and a video projector. Slides prepared for a presentation with a computer and a video projector may integrate animation effects, incremental display, and so on. Various visual styles are supported (including some that mimic PowerPoint) and others are being contributed.
Display list item counter as regular pattern of bullets
The bullcntr package defines the command bullcntr, which may be thought of as an analogue of the \fnsymbol command: like the latter, it displays the value of a counter lying between 1 and 9, but uses, for the purpose, a regular pattern of bullets.
The package provides a clean, multi-column design intended for cheat sheets. It imports the most useful packages and encloses the document in a multicol environment.
Allows \caption at the beginning of a table-environment
For several reasons a \caption may be desirable at the top of a table environment. This package changes the table environment such that \abovecaptionskip and \belowcaptionskip are swapped. The package should also work with a non-standard table environment.
A "dimen" that returns the space left on the line
The linegoal package provides a macro \linegoal to be used with \setlength: \setlength<some dimen>\linegoal will set <some dimen> to the horizontal length of the remainder of the line. This is achieved using the \pdfsavepos primitive of pdftex, through the zref-savepos package. Example: Some text: \begin{tabularx}\linegoal{|l|X|} \hline one & two \\ three & four \\\hline \end{tabularx} will position the table after the initial text, and make the table fill the rest of the line.
'Bars', in the present context, are lines above and below text that abut with the text. Barred roman numerals are sometimes found in publications. The package provides a function that prints barred roman numerals (converting arabic numerals if necessary). The package also provides a predicate \ifnumeric.
Count pages in a document, and report last page number
The package counts the actual pages in the document (as opposed to reporting the number of the last page, as does lastpage). The counter itself may be shipped out to the DVI file. The package uses the everyshi package for its task.
The package takes control of the six TeX token registers \everypar, \everymath, \everydisplay, \everyhbox, \everyvbox and \everycr. Real hooks for each of the registers may be installed using a stack like interface. For backwards compatibility, each of the \everyX token lists can be set without interfering with the hooks.
The hologo package provides many useful logos of popular (and not so popular) TeX-family software. However, its interface is a bit cumbersome because you must type \hologo{BibTeX} instead of \BibTeX. This package makes it possible to import some of the logos provided by hologo as single commands, such as \BibTeX. Additionally, the package provides logos of some TeX-family software that is popular mainly in Japan. These logos can be imported in the same way as those provided by the \hologo command. bxtexlogo depends on hologo and cjhebrew (if \logoAleph and \logoLamed are used).
Adds self-archiving information to scientific papers
This is a LaTeX style for producing author self-archiving copies of (academic) papers. The following layout-styles are pre-defined: ACMfor the two-column layout used by many ACM conferences IEEE for the two-column layout used by many IEEE conferences LNCS for the LNCS layout (as used by Springer) LNI for the Lecture Notes in Informatics, published by the GI ENTCS for the Elsevier ENTCS layout
The package extracts the first and last words of a page, together with the first word of the next page, just before the page is formed into the object to print. The package defines a couple of page styles that use the words that have been extracted.
The package contains all the necessary files to typeset Epi- Olmec "documents", in a script used in Southern Middle America until about 500 AD.
This little package is mainly meant to be used when there is a (TrueType or OpenType) font that does not provide real small capitals. As a workaround, this package helps to borrow, or "steal", the small capitals from another font. This might also be useful in the rare case that someone does not like the present small capitals, and wants to change them, or likes those from another font better. To achieve the borrowing, one only needs to load the package and specify the name of the target font via the from option. Package dependencies: pgfopts, iftex, fontspec.
Embed MetaPost figures within LaTeX documents
This LaTeX2e package enables the embedding of MetaPost figures within LaTeX documents. The package automatically collects the embedded definitions and figures in a .mp file, adds an appropriate LaTeX document structure, and compiles it to .mps files. It also allows for various configuration options to manage the generation of files and compilation.
Framed or shaded regions that can break across pages
The package creates three environments: framed, which puts an ordinary frame box around the region, shaded, which shades the region, and leftbar, which places a line at the left side. The environments allow a break at their start (the \FrameCommand enables creation of a title that is "attached" to the environment); breaks are also allowed in the course of the framed/shaded matter. There is also a command \MakeFramed to make your own framed-style environments.
The commands \import{full_path}{file} and \subimport{path_extension}{file} set up input through standard LaTeX mechanisms (\input, \include and \includegraphics) to load files relative to the \import-ed directory. There are also \includefrom, \subincludefrom, and * variants of the commands.
This package helps you keep track of all the labels you define, by putting the name of new labels into the margin whenever the \label command is used. The package allows you to do the same thing for other commands. The only one for which this is obviously useful is the \cite command, but it's easy to do it for others, such as the \ref or \begin commands.
A LaTeX package to typeset (Italian) high school tests
The purpose of this package is to manage the exercises for a test, their points, levels of difficulty, and solutions. Some typical formats of exercises are already implemented: Plain exercise "Complete the Text" "True or false" Closed questions Open questions "Find the error"
directly compile \include'd child documents
childdoc is a LaTeX2e package that enables the direct compilation of document sections included by \include to individual files.
Package to provide a way to review (or perform editorial process) in LaTeX
The easyReview package provides a way to review (or perform editorial process) in LaTeX. You can use the provided commands to claim attention in different ways to part of the text, or even to indicate that a text was added, needs to be removed, needs to be replaced and add comments to the text.
The FigSize package enables automatic sizing of graphics, especially when including graphics with the graphicx package. The user only has to specify the number of graphics that should fit to a page or fraction there of and the package will dynamically calculate the correct graphics sizes relative to the page size. Thus, graphics can be auto-sized to fill a whole page or fraction and manual changes of graphic sizes are never needed when changing document layouts. Finally, the package's dynamic lengths can be used to allow other document element sizes to be dynamic.
This package allows you to use alphanumeric section numbering, for instance "A. Introduction ... III. International Law". Its output is similar to alphanum, but you can use the standard LaTeX sectioning commands, so that it is possible to switch numbering schemes easily. Greek letters, double letters (bb) and different delimiters around them are supported.
Extends eTeX's \numexpr...\relax construct to big integers
The package extends eTeX \numexpr...\relax operation to allow big integers. Package option allowpower furthermore enables ^ for power operations. By default, bnumexpr loads package xintcore (part of the xint bundle) and uses its arithmetic macros.
This package defines web-safe colors for use with D.P. Carlisle's color package. It is intended for both authors and package writers (e.g. to create Beamer color themes).
Embed XMP metadata within a LaTeX document
XMP (eXtensible Metadata Platform) is a mechanism proposed by Adobe for embedding document metadata within the document itself. The metadata is designed to be easy to extract, even by programs that are oblivious to the document's file format. Most of Adobe's applications store XMP metadata when saving files. Now, with the hyperxmp package, it is trivial for LaTeX document authors to store XMP metadata in their documents as well. The package integrates seamlessly with hyperref and requires virtually no modifications to documents that already exploit hyperref's mechanisms for specifying PDF metadata. The current version of hyperxmp can embed the following metadata as XMP: title, authors, primary author's title or position, metadata writer, subject/summary, keywords, copyright, license URL, document base URL, document identifier and instance identifier, language, source file name, PDF generating tool, PDF version, and contact telephone number/postal address/email address/URL. Hyperxmp currently embeds XMP only within PDF documents; it is compatible with pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX, LaTeX+dvipdfm, and LaTeX+dvips+ps2pdf.
A toolbox of macros designed to allow the LaTeX programmer to work around some of the restrictions of the TeX grouping mechanisms. The present release offers a preliminary view of the package; not all of its facilities are working optimally
In the year 2010, Randall Munroe on posted a really funny and nice article on xkcd. He made a very curious experiment: showing colors to a lot of people and asking to name each one. Afterward, he processed the data and sorted the names for each color by popularity -- that means, how many people gave the same name to the same color. This package makes the collected color names usable with LaTeX.
The package provides facilities to create duckified dummy contents. It was inspired by the question "Getting ducks in example images" on TeX-LaTeX Stack Exchange. The following macros are available: \duckument[key=val] - print a short duckument \blindduck[key=val] - print a paragraph \ducklist(*){environment} - create a list of type environment \ducklistlist(*){environment} - create nested lists \duckitemize - ducklist{itemize} \duckenumerate - ducklist{enumerate} \duckdescription - ducklist{description} \duckumentsCreateExampleFile \duckumentsDrawRandomDucks The package works with pdfTeX, LuaTeX, and XeTeX.
A package for converting and rendering markdown documents inside TeX
The package provides facilities for the conversion of markdown markup to plain TeX. These are provided both in form of a Lua module and in form of plain TeX, LaTeX, and ConTeXt macro packages that enable the direct inclusion of markdown documents inside TeX documents. Architecturally, the package consists of the Lunamark Lua module by John MacFarlane, which was slimmed down and rewritten for the needs of the package. Lunamark provides speedy markdown parsing for the rest of the package. On top of Lunamark sits code for the plain TeX, LaTeX, and ConTeXt formats by Vit Novotny.
This package uses PDF's text rendering to modify the linewidth of an outline font to get bold characters. It works only for vectorfonts where the glyphs are defined by their outline. The package works both in text and in math mode, for pdfLaTeX as well as for LuaLaTeX. The package depends on ifluatex, ifxetex, and xkeyval.
This LaTeX package uses pdfcomment and bibentry to surround natbib citations with PDF tooltips.
Currvita is a package rather than a class (like most other curriculum vitae offerings). The author considers that a curriculum vitae can quite reasonably form part of another document (such as a letter, or a dissertation).
Graphics and text watermarks on selected pages
The package extends the author's draftmark and the watermark packages.
Provides a class exam, which eases production of exams, even by a LaTeX novice. Simple commands are provided to: create questions, parts of questions, subparts of parts, and subsubparts of subparts, all with optional point values; create a grading table, indexed either by question number (listing each question and the total possible points for that question) or by page number (listing each page with points and the total possible points for that page); create headers and footers that are each specified in three parts: one part to be left justified, one part to be centered, and one part to be right justified, in the manner of fancyhdr Headers and/or footers can be different on the first page of the exam, can be different on the last page of the exam, and can vary depending on whether the page number is odd or even, or on whether the current page continues a question from a previous page, or on whether the last question on the current page continues onto the following page. Multiple line headers and/or footers are allowed, and it's easy to increase the part of the page devoted to headers and/or footers to allow for this. Note that the bundle exams also provides a file exam.cls; the two bundles therefore clash, and should not be installed on the same system.
Create an overview of pictures from a digital camera or from other sources
The class may be used to create an overview of pictures from a digital camera or from other sources. It is possible to adjust the size of the pictures and all the margins. The example file shows the usage.
The package provides commands to configure and to draw time line diagrams; such diagrams are designed to fit into Curriculum Vitae documents written using the moderncv class.
Inhibit use of non-amsmath mathematics markup when using amsmath
This package inhibits the usage of plain TeX and (on demand) of standard LaTeX mathematics environments. This is useful for class writers who want to encourage their users to use the environments provided by the amsmath package.
Macros for constructing interactive LaTeX scripts
Gathers together a bunch of code and examples about how to write macros to carry on a dialogue with the user.
Spanish language module for the datetime2 package
This module provides the "spanish" style that can be set using \DTMsetstyle provided by datetime2.sty. This package is currently unmaintained. Please see the README for the procedure to follow if you want to take over the maintenance.
A block letter style for the letter class
A style file for use with the letter class that overwrites the \opening and \closing macros so that letters can be styled with the block letter style instead of the default style. Thus, the return address, the closing, and the signature appear flushed on the left margin.
Unofficial class for the new version of the Europass curriculum vitae
This class is an unofficial LaTeX implementation of the the Europass CV, the standard model for curriculum vitae as recommended by the European Commission. It includes the major style updates that came out in 2013, featuring a neater, more compact and somewhat fancier layout.
The package draws ASCII art of animals saying a specified message.
The package draws ASCII art of animals saying a specified message. The following macros are available: ducksay duckthink DefaultAnimal AddAnimal Multi-line messages are supported but need to be manually created.
Tables with captions and notes all the same width
Provides a scheme for tables that have a structured note section, after the caption. This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in tables -- by making footnotes entirely unnecessary. Note that a threeparttable is not a float of itself; but you can place it in a table or a table* environment, if necessary.
The package provides printable cut-outs for various CD, DVD and other disc holders. The name of the package comes from its implementation and ease of use; it was designed just for text content, but since the text is placed in a \parbox in a tabular environment cell, a rather wide range of things may be placed.
The lcg package generates random numbers (integers) via a linear congruential generator (Schrage's method). The random numbers are written to a counter. The keyval package is used for the user to provide values for the range and a seed, and for the name of the counter to be used.
Typeset and convert units for cookery books and recipes
The package provides commands to typeset amounts and units consistently and offers an easy to use key-value-syntax to convert one unit into another (for example 'dag' to 'g'; see the documentation for more examples).
Syntax highlighting of source code in LaTeX documents
The package provides an environment for syntax highlighting source code in LaTeX documents. The highlighted source code output is formatted via powerful Pygments library of the Python language.
A user-friendly wrapper around \enlargethispage
This small package provides the command \addlines for adding or removing space in the textblock of the page it's used on. E.g., adding an extra line of text to the page so that a section fits better on the next page. It will also add space to the facing page in a two-sided document.
Identify (typographic) widows and orphans
This package identifies all widows and orphans in a document to help a user to get rid of them. The act of resolving still needs to be done manually: By rewriting text, running some paragraph long or short or or explicitly breaking in some strategic place. It will also identify and warn about words broken across columns or pages and display formulas separated from their introductory paragraph.
The package provides the means to include a glossary into a document. The glossary is prepared by an external program, such as xindy or makeindex, in the same way that an index is made.
Graphical representation of keys on keyboard
A LaTeX package which provides macros for the graphical representation of the keys on a computer keyboard.
Extends the hyperref package with a mechanism for hyperlinked URLs abbreviated with prefixes
Semantic Web resource URLs are often abbreviated with prefixes, like "owl:Class" or "rdf:type". The abbreviated URL (aurl) package provides the correct hyperlinks for those URLs. The 1000 most common prefixes are predefined and more can be added.
Create correct hyperlinks for DOI numbers
You can hyperlink DOI numbers to dx.doi.org. However, some publishers have elected to use nasty characters in their DOI numbering scheme ('<', '>', '_' and ';' have all been spotted). This will either upset (La)TeX, or your PDF reader. This package contains a single user-level command \doi{}, which takes a DOI number, and creates a correct hyperlink to the target of the DOI.
Highly customised stacking of objects, insets, baseline changes, etc
The package provides a versatile way to stack objects vertically in a variety of customizable ways. A number of useful macros are provided, all of which make use of the stackengine core.